Vehicle and Commercial Controls Total flexible solutions One company providing many solutions Through continuing investments, Eaton's Electrical Sector has grown into a world-class provider of power protection and control products. Unmatched breadth of product and depth of support are no less than you deserve. Meeting your specific needs means offering a complete line of flexible human interface, sensing and control solutions-- all the latest in technology. Each piece of our portfolio comes together to give you the edge when it comes to innovative solutions. Partnering with you to provide total flexible solutions Together we will work to address your most common and demanding needs--creating a solution unique to you. At Eaton we are proud to offer solid performance vehicle and commercial controls for global applications, including everything from electromechanical pushbutton, rocker and toggle designs, to electronic rocker, indicator and display devices, all of which are customizable. With the most comprehensive array of control components, Eaton meets and exceeds requirements for applications worldwide--from J1939 electronic interface solutions to designs engineered for the harshest environments and products with the highest endurance. And, Eaton solutions integrate seamlessly with one another and with dozens of competitive products. What's more, a full array of human interface components and controls are the most configurable of any in the industry. Eaton's complete offering of feature-rich product solutions enables you to maximize the efficiency of your processes and increase machine uptime even in the most extreme environments. Quality you expect Eaton has the same unrelenting commitment to quality and reliability as you. At Eaton we use the Eaton Business System, based on the Malcolm Baldridge criteria, to systematically deploy performance excellence on a worldwide basis. When it comes to our products, rest assured we want a solid quality system--all vehicle and commercial control products are manufactured in locations with both ISOT 9001 and TS16949 certifications. Designing for you Extensive engineering expertise is proven with product communication protocol and patented high voltage power management technology. This expertise comes at no additional cost to you. Eaton's primary design strategy is platform engineering, adapting products developed on a standard platform to meet specific needs of individual customers. By investing in a common platform, Eaton can provide a higher return on customer investments. 3-D design software is used to improve initial design concepts and reduce development cycles. Electronic drawings and samples are also readily available to support the customer approval process in a timely manner. The support you need, when you need it Having a comprehensive portfolio of components for vehicle applications is only part of the story; expanding and deepening support services ensures that Eaton is able to assist with both technical and commercial issues quickly and efficiently. Parameters shift. Specs get tweaked. Deadlines grow bolder. From application assistance through the entire vehicle launch process, to post program technical support, Eaton customer service manages your projects with the care and expertise you depend on. Technical support For technical assistance on vehicle and commercial control products, please contact us at 877-ETN CARE, Option 2. Eaton offers the total flexible solutions you need. The ultimate goal is to offer you differentiated experience backed with solid Eaton products and support. Vehicle and Commercial Controls Product Guide Vehicle and Commercial Controls Electronic Products 1 Dimmers and Wipers 2 Pushbuttons 3 Rockers 4 Special Devices 5 Toggles 6 Definitions and Index 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com i Vehicle and Commercial Controls Product Guide TAB 1--Electronic Products TAB 5--Special Devices Description Page Description Page eSM 2 Snap Switch Pushbutton Actuator 122 eVu 4 Door Interlock Switch 124 Keylock Switches, General 127 Purpose/Heavy Duty--AC/DC Rated TAB 2--Dimmers and Wipers Description Page Paddle and Slide Controls 6 Rotary Wipers 8 Page AC Rated 12 Illuminated AC/DC Rated 18 TAB 4--Rockers ii 129 Description Page Introduction 132 Military Purpose Toggles 133 Illuminated AC Rated Toggles 139 General Purpose Toggles-- AC Rated 142 General Purpose Toggles-- AC/DC Rated 150 X Series Toggles 154 Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches 157 High Capacity Switches 162 TAB 6--Toggles TAB 3--Pushbuttons Description Locking Rocker Description Page Introduction 33 Panelboard Switches 164 NGR 36 Accessories 165 SVR 59 Technical Data 169 Dual Motion Safety Switch 68 1500/2500 70 Description Page 1600/2600 74 Definitions 171 Rockette 81 Index 172 8006/8007--EURO SR 88 8004/8005 Euro Full-Size 91 8064/8065 Esport 94 Accessories 98 Technical Data 100 Symbol Library 102 TAB 7--Definitions and Index Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Electronic Products eSM--Multiplexed Rockers 1.1 eSM--Multiplexed Rocker Switch Units Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 2 2 3 eVu--Electronic Vehicle Display Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 eVu--Electronic Vehicle Display 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 1 1.1 1 Electronic Products eSM--Multiplexed Rocker Switch Units Contents eSM--Multiplexed Rocker Switch Units Description Page eSM--Multiplexed Rocker Switch Units 2 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 eVu--Electronic Vehicle Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Product Description eSM modules are designed to operate using at least one master module and any number from zero to seven expansion modules. The master module communicates to the outside world using the SAE J1939 data bus over CAN 2.0b. The master module also communicates to up to seven expansion modules using an eSM sub bus. The master module can easily be distinguished from the expansion module by looking at the backside. A master module has one connector with four terminals and one connector with six terminals. In addition, the master module has the "J1939" label next to the third opening. The expansion module has two connectors with four terminals and it does not have the "J1939" label. Application Description Product Selection Master Module Note: All products are custom ordered. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. J1939 ACTIVE MODULE ACTIVE SWITCH CHANGE Technical Data and Specifications Pin 4 3 2 1 Function Vcc out Ground Sub bus + Sub bus - Pin 6 5 4 3 2 1 Function Keyswitch Dimmer Ground J1939 + J1939 - +12 Vdc Expansion Module MODULE ACTIVE SWITCH CHANGE 1 Pin 4 3 2 1 1 1 Function Vcc out Ground Sub bus + Sub bus - Pin 4 3 2 1 Function Vcc in Ground Sub bus + Sub bus - Default Connection Connectors When starting your evaluation, apply 12 Vdc to pins 1, 5 and 6 and ground to pin 4 of the 6-terminal connector and your CANbus to pins 2 and 3. Delphi Micro VHT 15499927 Other Connections For evaluating the modules in power down mode (which typically occurs if the vehicle's ignition key is turned off), you may interrupt the 12 Vdc signal to pin 6 on the master. An internal resistor will pull this pin to ground. The dimmer signal (pin 5 on the master) can be used to dim the light inside the modules. It allows dimming controlled by a 0-10 Vdc signal on this terminal. 1 1 1 1 2 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Delphi Micro VHT 13513469 1.1 Electronic Products eSM--Multiplexed Rocker Switch Units Power Supply Communication Message Contents A regulated 12 Vdc power supply capable of providing 1.5A should be connected to terminals 1, 5 and 6 of the 6-pole connector of the master module only. All connected expansion modules receive their supply power from the master module. The communication to and from the master module is fully compliant to the SAE J1939 / CAN 2.0b protocol. Alternatively, masters can be programmed to comply with: Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 ISO 11898 / CAN 2.0a, SAE J1709 / 1587 or LIN Indicators If you have not requested any special configuration, the installed protocol is J1939. The LED indicators at the back of the modules show the status of the internal diagnostics as follows: The application-specific J1939 message parameters are as follows: Transmission repetition rate 100 ms Indicators Data length 8 bytes Label Color Meaning Data page 0 J1939 ACTIVE Red CANbus active PDU format 255 PDU specific 160 MODULE ACTIVE Amber SWITCH CHANGE Green Sub bus active Default priority 5 Parameter group number 65440 Master module status Expansion module 1 status Expansion module 2 status Expansion module 3 status Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7 Byte 8 Within each status byte, the bits are assigned to the individual switches as follows: The two status bit pairs represent the switch state in the following manner: Bit 8&7 Bit 5&6 Bit 3&4 Bit 1&2 00 01 10 11 Not defined Switch 1 status Switch 2 status Switch 3 status 1 Expansion module 4 status Expansion module 5 status Expansion module 6 status Expansion module 7 status 1 1 1 1 Switch in DOWN position Switch in MIDDLE position Switch in UP position Not defined 1 1 where the switches are numbered as shown below. where the position assignment is as shown below. Switches Position Assignment 1 Rocker Position C B A 1 Switch 1 Switch 2 1 1 Switch 3 1 1 Switch change 1 A = DOWN B = MIDDLE C = UP Wiring 1 1 The master unit is connected using six unshielded wires. The connection from the master to the first expansion module and between any consecutive expansion modules is made using four unshielded wires. 1 1 Master Unit Wiring 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Dimensions Mounting Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) If you want to mount the modules in a panel, the opening in the panel should be rectangular, 2.835 in wide and 1.732 in high (72.00 mm wide and 44.00 mm high). 1 R.80 Max. 4X Mounting The panel thickness should be between 0.039 and 0.157 in (1.00 and 4.00 mm). Panel Opening 1 1 1.732 (44.00) 1 2.835 (72.00) Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 1 3 1.2 1 Electronic Products eVu--Electronic Vehicle Display Contents eVu--Electronic Vehicle Display Description Page eSM--Multiplexed Rocker Switch Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 eVu--Electronic Vehicle Display 4 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Product Description With a focus on communications, convenience and safety, Eaton Corporation is pleased to introduce eVU (pronounced eVIEW). Features eVU displays are equipped with: Rugged dashpanel displays simplify the viewing, selecting, inputting and downloading of key equipment/trip data. Internal warning/ alert buzzer Backlighted legend displays Sunlight readable LCD characters Internal power supply Communication and Networking eVU displays can interface with smart engines, controllers and equipment software. In addition, eVU displays can receive input from analog transducers and sub-systems. 1 1 1 Working in sync with existing on-board computers and networks, the displays provide the driver with valuable information. 1 So, what's the e for? Easy, electronic and evolutionary. eVU fills the gap (literally) between on-board systems and displays, function by function. 1 1 Application Description 1 Typical applications for information display include: 1 1 1 Designed for Easy Installation Some advancements in technology create installation obstacles. That isn't the case with eVU. The displays fit into the same cutouts as standard rocker switches, 0.866 x 1.732 in (22.00 x 44.00 mm), making installation easy. The simplified architecture not only saves dash space, it also saves costs. Safety eVU displays are easier to access than typical touch screens or soft-key applications. Keeping the dashboard displays within the driver's line of vision helps keep the driver and everyone else on the road safe. Additionally, the eVU displays are designed to meet SAE-1455 specification. What Do You Want to View? There are many types of eVU displays and they can be customized with various colors, resolutions and character configurations. Choose the functionality you want with the flexibility you need. eVU Auto Shift Indicator Temperature Pressure Speed Distance Capacity Meets general auto shift specifications Includes audio tone generation Communicates with all major auto shift transmissions 1 1 Product Selection 1 Note: All products are custom ordered. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. 1 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Dimmers and Wipers Slide Control 2.1 Paddle and Slide Controls Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 Paddle Control 6 6 7 7 Rotary Wipers Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 2 2 8 8 9 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Rotary Wiper 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E-October 2009 www.eaton.com 5 2.1 2 Dimmers and Wipers Paddle and Slide Controls Contents Paddle and Slide Controls Description Page Paddle and Slide Controls Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Rotary Wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Product Description 2 Catalog Number Selection 2 How To Order--Paddle and Slide Controls 2 available. Board-mounted LEDs located behind a laseretched panel provide illumination. Customized light panel lettering and custom pad printed bezels are also available. Both dimmer and wiper controls are vehicles exist. Paddle and slide versions are available and both have the look, feel and durability associated with our controls. Bezels and actuators are molded in a soft matte finish. Illuminated and non-illuminated versions are Eaton's unique family of dimmer and wiper controls are field proven to be the market's most dependable controls. Although originally designed for the heavy truck market, applications in various other types of designed to complement the NGR family of switches. Note: Specific frame options are available that allow product to mount in NGR gang mount system. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate control type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Example: D P 24 5 C A D G 2 Control Type D = Dimmer W = Wiper 2 2 Actuator Type P = Paddle S = Slide 2 2 Application Voltage 12 = 12V 24 = 24V Amperage Rating and Voltage 3 = 3A, 24V 4 = 4A, 12V 5 = 5A, 24V 6 = 6A, 12V 8 = 8A, 12V 10 = 10A, 12V W = Wiper Bezel Print Style A = Style A B = Style B C = Style C D = Style D Connector Type Packard No. A = 12020398 B = 12015345 C = 174930-1 D = 12034295 E = Leads only Connector & Leads Only Detail Dimmer connector Dimmer & wiper connector Dimmer connector Wiper connector Dimmer only Bezel Print Style 2 2 2 2 PANEL B R I G H T D I M Code A 2 2 2 WIPER W I P E R O F F W A S H PANEL 0 1 2 Code B Code C Code D Notes Amperage ratings for dimmers only. Maximum dwell time describes the average time constant for delayed wiper activation. Maximum nominal dwell. Custom pad print available for bezel or button. 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Circuit Board D = Dimmer L = 18 sec. S = 10 sec. G Y R X LED Color = Green = Yellow = Red = Nonilluminated 2.1 Dimmers and Wipers Paddle and Slide Controls Technical Data and Specifications 2 Paddle and Slide Controls Item Specifications 2 Ratings (Dimmer Only) 4, 6, 8, 10A @ 14 Vdc 3, 5A @ 28 Vdc 2 Mechanical Life 100,000 operations, maximum Operating Temperature Range -40F to 185F (-40C to 85C) 2 2 Base Material High-grade thermoplastic molding material Mounting Means Snap-in mounting with plastic bezel Mounting Hole Rectangular panel cutout: 1.734 x 0.867 in (44.00 x 22.00 mm) 2 Panel Thickness Paddle 0.030 to 0.190 in (0.762 x 4.80 mm) 2 Slide 0.030 to 0.080 in (0.762 x 2.03 mm) Approximate Weight 2 1.5 oz 2 Dimensions 2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Paddle Control Slide Control 1.960 (49.78) 2 B R I G H T D I M Lettering to be white. Lettering style to be Helvetica Swiff Condensed 14 pt. WIPER PANEL W I P E R O F F 1.024 (26.01) 2 R 0.156 Typ (R 3.96) 0.675 1.024 (17.15) (26.01) 2 W A S H 0.448 (11.38) 1.663 (42.24) Symbol and lettering to be stamped in white. "WIPER" and "WASH" lettering style to be 12 pt. Univers 59. OFF lettering to be 10 pt. Univers 59. Custom lettering is also available. 0.100 (2.54) 2 R 0.080 Typ (R 2.03) 2 Blue 2 50 5 0.214 (5.44) 0.800 (20.32) 0.454 (11.53) 1.019 0.020 (25.88 0.51) 1.718 (43.64) 1.332 (33.83) 1.582 (40.18) 0.100 (2.54) R 0.090 Typ (R 2.29) 0.857 (21.79) 2 Places 0.745 (18.92) 2 Black 1.965 (49.91) See Detail A 2 2 0.778 (19.76) Travel 2 0.867 0.005 (22.02 0.13) 2 Black 0.320 (8.13) White Blue Yellow Terminal Identification: Positive (+) (blue wire) Negative (-) (black wire) Load (yellow wire) Positive (+) LED light (blue wire) Washer (white wire) washer only Negative (-) LED light (black wire) 1.650 (41.91) 2 1.734 0.005 (44.04 0.127) 2 2.680 (68.07) 1.302 (33.07) Yellow 2 Panel Opening Blue 2 0.964 (24.49) Ref 2 Black Terminal Identification: Positive (+) (blue wire) Negative (-) (black wire) Load (yellow wire) Positive (+) LED light (blue wire) Open position Negative (-) LED light (black wire) Detail A Typ 2 Plcs 2 C of Pivot Point 2 2 2 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 7 2.2 2 Dimmers and Wipers Rotary Wipers Contents Rotary Wiper Description Page Paddle and Slide Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Rotary Wipers Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Product Description Features The rotary wiper has been designed to be a highly durable rotary wiper control for the transportation industry. The RW200 series wiper has four wiper control 2 positions via a rotating knob: Off, Intermittent, Continuous Low Speed and Continuous High Speed. The device has a washer function that operates the washer pump and wiper while the knob is depressed. Options Load Dump Protection The switch will withstand a 120V load dump per SAE J1455 Reverse Voltage Protection The device will not be damaged when exposed to 12 Vdc for 5 minutes 2 2 Product Selection 2 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate control type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 2 Rotary Wiper Code Numbers and Letters 2 Series Code Voltage Code 2 12064752 2 2 Packard Connectors 12977042 RW RW 12 Vdc 6294544 and 2977048 2 12A 12B 200 6288538 2 Code 12C 12D Bushing Length in Inches (mm) Code Catalog Number 0.261 (6.63) A RW20012AA 0.424 (10.77) B RW20012AB 0.261 (6.63) A RW20012BA 0.424 (10.77) B RW20012BB 0.261 (6.63) A RW20012CA 0.424 (10.77) B RW20012CB 0.261 (6.63) A RW20012DA 0.424 (10.77) B RW20012DB 2 2 2 2 2 8 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Variable bushing length Variable spindle length Choice of connectors Pad printing on knob Standards and Certifications Meets SAE standards J1455, J1944 and J1988. Dimmers and Wipers Rotary Wipers 2.2 Technical Data and Specifications 2 Rotary Wipers 2 Item Specifications Operating Voltage Range 9 Vdc to 16 Vdc Continuous Load Rating 17A from -40F to 73F (-40C to 23C) Derated to 5A @ 185F (85C) Wiper Electromechanical Life 50,000 cycles Electrical Cycle Life 250,000 cycles in the Intermittent position 300,000 cycles combined in the Low and High positions Operating Temperature -40F to 185F (-40C to 85C) Humidity Rating Device will operate properly at 98% humidity between -40F and 100F (-40C and 38C) Mechanical Shock The switch will withstand a 3-foot drop on concrete 2 Vibration The device will operate properly while being exposed to 133 hours of 1G rms vibration along all 3 axes, sweeping from 5 Hz to 1500 Hz at 1 octave per minute 2 2 2 2 2 2 Connector Drawings 2 2 2 2 12064752 12977042 2 6288538 2 2 2 2 2977048 6294544 Circuit Continuity Wire Terminations Switch Position Circuit Continuity Wire Color Switch Connections Off Open Yellow Motor Low Speed Terminal Intermittent Yellow--Red and Brown White Motor High Speed Terminal Low Speed Yellow Blue Motor Park Terminal High Speed Washer White Black Ground Brown Brown Washer Pump Red--Positive Red + 12 Vdc (Positive) 2 2 2 2 2 2 Black--Negative 2 2 2 2 2 2 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 9 2.2 Dimmers and Wipers Rotary Wipers 2 Dimensions 2 RW200 Series Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Off/Park 20 2 Washer (Push In) 2 WIPER WASHER 2 70 1.176 +0.010 -0.025 (29.87 +0.25 -0.64) Dia. Fastest Intermittent Speed 20 Continuous Low Speed 20 Ref Continuous Fast Speed 2 0.248 (6.30) Dia. EATON 2 Slowest Intermittent Speed 2.188 (55.57) 0.370 (9.40) Flats 2.188 (55.57) View B 2 1.358 (34.50) 2 0.609 +0.010 -0.015 (15.47 +0.25 -0.38) 2 2 0.424 (10.77) 3.029 +0.006 -0.010 (76.94 +0.15 -0.25) 0.099 (2.51) 2.230 (56.64) 1.805 (45.84) 2 2 2 Yellow Lead 2 Blue Lead 3.335 (84.71) Approx. 2 2 Black Lead 2 White Lead Red Lead Brown Lead 4.505 (114.43) Approx. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 10 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons AC Rated Pushbuttons 3.1 AC Rated Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 Illuminated AC/DC Rated Pushbuttons 12 13 14 15 Illuminated AC/DC Rated Product Description / Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 206/208, 220 & 221/224, 231/234 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 580/581/586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 770/775 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series 860 & 861/845, 810/815, 820/825 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Pushbutton Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Incandescent Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Neon Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LED Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mounting Barriers Ordering Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engraving and Hot Stamping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 25 26 26 26 27 28 29 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 11 3.1 3 Pushbuttons AC Rated Contents AC Rated Description Page AC Rated Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Illuminated AC/DC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Product Description Features These general-purpose, AC rated, pushbutton switches offer a wide variety of configurations, button styles and termination types. The 7835 and 7836 light-duty series pushbutton switches are AC only. They feature slow-make/slow-break butttype contacts with a light operating pressure that is particularly suited to instrumentation applications. Circuits 1PST, 1PDT, 2PDT Momentary action Terminal Types Screw terminals, brass (furnished unassembled) 8448 Series - #6-32 x 3/16" binding head screws (Cat. No. 811-2) 8410/8411 Series - #5-40 x 3/16" (Cat. No. 811-7206) 8406/8440 Series - #5-40 x 5/32" screws (Cat. No. 11-26) Solder lug, brass silverplated 3 3 3 3 Hardware supplied One hexagon locknut (Cat. No. 15-192) and one bright nickel-plated knurled facenut (Cat. No. 15-124F1) 8411/8418 Series has a bright nickel-plated hexagon facenut (Cat. No. 15-966-2) All hardware is furnished unassembled Other mounting types are flush, nest and snap-in 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 12 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Standards and Certifications UL Recognized CSA Certified RoHS Except where noted. Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. Pushbuttons AC Rated 3.1 Product Selection 3 Non-Illuminated 3 Light-Duty, Momentary Contact Flush Mounted Flush Rating Poles and Throw Contacts Circuit Number Button Construction Color Button Extension Dimensions "B" in Inches (mm) Typical Max. Operating Force 3 Mounting or Bushing Length Dimensions Catalog "A" in Inches (mm) Number 3 Screw Terminals 1/4A, 250 Vac/Vdc 1PST 3/4A, 125 Vac/Vdc Snap-in NC A Black 0.468 (11.89) 0.453 (11.50) 0.7 lbs 0.7 lbs Flush Flush 8406K1 8410K1 3 3 Snap-in Mounted Rating Poles and Throw Contacts Spade Terminals (0.250 in) NC 3/4A, 125 Vac/Vdc 1PST 1/4A, 250 Vac/Vdc NO Bushing Nylon Circuit Number Button Construction A A Nylon Nylon Color Button Extension Dimensions "B" in Inches (mm) Typical Max. Operating Force Mounting or Bushing Length Dimensions Catalog "A" in Inches (mm) Number White White 0.375 (9.53) 0.375 (9.53) -- -- Snap-in Snap-in Typical Max. Operating Force Mounting or Bushing Length Dimensions Catalog "A" in Inches (mm) Number 3 3 8423K1 8424K1 3 3 Bushing Mounted Rating Poles and Throw Solder Lugs 3/4A, 125 Vac/Vdc 1PST 1/4A, 250 Vac/Vdc 3/4A, 125 Vac/Vdc 1PST 1/4A, 250 Vac/Vdc 5A, 12 Vdc, 1PST 3A, 125 Vac 3A, 125 Vac 1A, 250 Vac 1/10 hp, 125 Vac 3A, 125 Vac 1A, 250 Vac 1/10 hp, 125 Vac 1PST 1PST Contacts Circuit Button Number Construction Color Button Extension Dimensions "B" in Inches (mm) NC A Nylon Black 0.250 (6.35) 1.5 lbs 0.250 (6.35) 8411K5 NC A Nylon Black 0.406 (10.31) 1.5 lbs 0.468 (11.89) 8411K8 NO A Metal -- 0.296 (7.52) 2.5 lbs 0.468 (11.89) 8440K2 A Metal -- 0.312 (7.92) -- 0.562 (14.27) 7835K11A A Nylon (snap-on) A Metal A Nylon (snap-on) Black Red -- Black Red -- -- 0.312 (7.92) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.562 (14.27) 0.562 (14.27) 0.562 (14.27) 0.562 (14.27) 0.562 (14.27) 7835K11C 7835K11D 7836K11A 7836K11C 7836K11D A Nylon Black 0.406 (10.31) 0.375 (9.53) 1.5 lbs 1.5 lbs 0.468 (11.89) 0.468 (11.89) 8411K7 8411K12 A Metal -- 0.296 (7.52) 2.5 lbs 0.468 (11.89) 8440K3 A Metal -- 0.312 (7.92) -- 0.562 (14.27) 7836K13A 0.312 (7.92) -- 0.562 (14.27) 7835K12A A Metal -- 0.312 (7.92) -- 0.562 (14.27) 7836K12A 3 0.250 (6.35) 0.406 (10.31) 0.375 (9.53) 0.250 (6.35) 0.406 (10.31) 1.5 lbs 1.5 lbs 1.5 lbs 1.5 lbs 1.5 lbs 0.250 (6.35) 0.468 (11.89) 0.468 (11.89) 0.250 (6.35) 0.468 (11.89) 8411K13 8411K10 8411K11 8418K1 8418K12 3 3 3 NC NO 3 3 NC NO 5A, 12 Vdc, 1PST NO 3A, 125 Vac 3A, 125 Vac 1A, 250 Vac 1PST NO 1/10 hp, 125 Vac Wire Leads 3/4A, 125 Vac NC 1A, 250 Vac 1PST NO 1/10 hp, 125 Vac Spade Terminals (0.250 in) 1PST NO 1/4A, 250 Vac/Vdc NC 3/4A, 125 Vac/Vdc 1PST NO NC 3A, 125 Vac 1PST NO A Nylon Red A Nylon Black A Nylon Black 3 3 3 Screw Terminals 3/4A, 125 Vac/Vdc 1PST 1/4A, 250 Vac/Vdc 3 3 3 3 3 Notes For Circuit Number detail, see table on Page 28. UL and CSA Listing not applicable. To change operating pressure, refer to your local Eaton Sales Representative. Operating pressure cannot be changed. Combination spade and solder lug terminal. Items are normally in distributor stock. Standard length is 6 in (152.40 mm), stripped 0.625 in (15.88 mm). 3 3 3 3 3 3 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 13 3.1 3 3 Pushbuttons AC Rated Non-Illuminated Medium-Duty, Momentary Contact One-Hole 3 One-Hole Mounted Poles and Throw Rating Button Extension Dimensions "B" in Inches (mm) Typical Max. Operating Force Mounting or Bushing Length Dimensions Catalog "A" in Inches (mm) Number 0.531 (13.49) 0.9 lbs 0.687 (17.45) 8444K3 0.250 (6.35) 0.9 lbs 0.343 (8.71) 8444K4 -- 0.531 (13.49) 2.0 lbs 0.687 (17.45) 8434K2 Bakelite Black 0.531 (13.49) 2.0 lbs 0.687 (17.45) 8435K2 C Metal -- 0.250 (6.35) -- 0.343 (8.71) 8448K2 A Metal -- 0.531 (13.49) 0.9 lbs 0.687 (17.45) 8444K2 B Metal -- 0.531 (13.49) 2.0 lbs 0.687 (17.45) 8434K1 B Bakelite Black 0.531 (13.49) 2.0 lbs 0.687 (17.45) 8435K1 C Metal -- 0.250 (6.35) -- 0.343 (8.71) 8448K1 Contacts Circuit Number Button Construction Color NO A Metal -- B Metal B Screw Terminals 3 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 1PST 1/3 hp, 125-250 Vac 3 3 3 3 15A, 125 Vac, NO 10A, 125 Vac, NC 10A, 250 Vac, NO 5A, 250 Vac, NC 1/2 hp, 250 Vac 1/4 hp, 125 Vac 1PDT 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 2PST NO, NC NO 3 Spade Terminals (0.250 in) 3 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 1PST 1/3 hp, 125-250 Vac NO 15A, 125 Vac, NO 10A, 125 Vac, NC 10A, 250 Vac, NO 5A, 250 Vac, NC 1/2 hp, 250 Vac 1/4 hp, 125 Vac 1PDT NO, NC 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 2PST 3 3 3 3 NO Notes For Circuit Number detail, see table on Page 28. UL and CSA Listing not applicable. 3 3 3 3 3 Technical Data and Specifications AC Rated Item Specifications Ratings See Product Selection tables on Page 13 and the table above. Contact Material 3 3-6A Rated Movable, silver-plated copper Stationary, silver-plated copper 3 10-15A Rated Movable, silver-plated copper with fine or coin silver contact face button Stationary, copper with fine or coin silver contact face button 3 3 3 Wire Leads 18 gauge, 6 in (152 mm) long, skinned 0.75 in (19 mm) Lengths beyond 6 in (152 mm) are additional charge Mounting Means-- One-hole mount Threaded bushing--0.468 in dia. 32 threads/inch (11.90 mm) Keyway--0.068 W x 0.035 D in (1.73 W x 0.89 D mm); provides anti-rotation feature Keyway on 7835/7836 Series is 0.080 W x 0.040 D in (2.03 W x 1.01 D mm) Operating Temperature Range 0F to +150F (-17.8C to +65.6C) 3 3 3 3 3 3 14 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons AC Rated 3.1 Dimensions 3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 7835K12A 0.312 (7.92) 3 8410 Keyway 0.080-0.085 W x 0.040-0.047 D (2.03-2.16 W x 1.02-1.19 D) 3 1.000 (25.40) 1.870 (47.50) 1.500 (38.10) 0.469 (11.89)-32 TPI 0.562 (14.27) 0.484 (12.29) 0.625 (15.88) 0.312 (7.92) 3 3 B 6.000 (152.40) 0.812 (20.62) 3 0.150 (3.81) Mounting Holes 0.343 (8.71) 0.562 (14.27) 8406 0.290 (7.37) Dia. Button 1.120 (28.57) 3 3 0.650 (16.51) Dia. 3 3 8411K5 and 8411K13 0.460 (11.68) Dia. 1.060 (26.92) Dia. 1.370 (34.80) 0.840 (21.34) 1.870 (47.50) 0.310 (7.87) 0.250 (6.35) 0.310 (7.87) 0.150 (3.81) 2 Holes B 0.780 (19.81) 1.180 (29.97) 0.090 (2.29) Dia. 2 Holes 0.060 (1.52) 3 0.230 (5.84) Stroke 3 1.610 (40.89) 1.500 (38.10) 0.060 0.250 (1.52) (6.35) 1.100 (27.94) 1.060 (26.92) 3 3 1.250 (31.75) 3 0.650 (16.51) 0.670 (17.02) 1.000 (25.40) 3 0.250 (6.35) Spade Terminal 3 Screw Type Terminal 3 8411K7, 8411K8, 8411K11 and 8411K12 0.460 (11.68) Dia. 0.310 (7.87) Dia. 3 0.070 (1.78) 0.260 (6.60) Stroke 0.040 (1.02) 0.180 (4.57) 2-#5/40 Binding Head Screw B 3 B 3 2.090 (53.09) 1.250 (31.75) 3 0.460 (11.68) 0.090 (2.29) 0.650 (16.51) 0.670 (17.02) 0.060 (1.52) 1.950 (49.53) 1.840 (46.74) 1.070 (27.18) 1.010 (25.65) #5/40 x 0.188 (4.57) Large Binding Head Screw Screw Type Terminals 0.032 (0.76) 3 3 0.340 (8.64) 3 3 3 3 3 3 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 15 3.1 3 AC Rated Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 8411K10 and 8418K12 3 3 Pushbuttons 0.310 (7.87) Dia. 3 0.340 (8.64) Stroke 0.040 (1.02) Max. Pre-Travel to Break Circuit 0.460 (11.68) 3 8423 and 8424 0.850 (21.59) Dia. 0.370 (9.40) Extension 0.950 (24.13) 0.469 (11.91) 2.120 (53.85) 1.270 Dia. -32 (32.26) Threads per Inch 3 0.030 (0.76) 3 0.670 (17.02) Dia. 3 0.370 0.300 (9.40) (7.62) 0.560 (14.22) Hex 1.350 (34.29) 0.850 (21.59) Dia. 0.340 (8.64) 0.240 (6.10) 0.340 (8.64) 0.740 (18.80) Dia. max. Note: Use 0.780 (19.81) dia. hole on 0.060 (1.52) thick panel. 0.250 (6.35) 3 3 8418K1 3 0.100 (2.54) 0.040 (1.02) 0.040 (1.02) Max. Pre-Travel to Break Circuit 0.220 (5.59) Stroke 0.310 (7.87) and Extension Dia. 3 3 0.520 (13.21) Stroke 0.469 (11.89) Dia. -32 1.750 1.270 Threads (44.45) (32.26) per Inch 3 0.030 (0.76) 3 0.560 (14.22) Hex 0.340 (8.64) 0.670 (17.02) Dia. 0.250 (6.35) 0.700 (17.78) 0.230 (5.95) 0.300 (7.62) 0.030 (0.76) Ref 0.970 (24.64) 1.210 (30.73) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 16 0.460 (11.68) Dia. 0.620 (15.75) B 3 3 8434K2 and 8435K2 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 3-#6-32 x 3/16 LG Binding Head Screw 0.040 (1.02) 0.070 (1.78) Keyway Pushbuttons AC Rated 3.1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 8440 3 8448K1 0.460 (11.68) Dia. 0.230 (5.84) Dia. 0.030 (0.76) to 0.070 (1.78) Pre-Travel 0.030 (0.76) Button Depressed 0.290 (7.37) 0.460 (11.68) 3 0.090 (2.29) Button Travel to Make Contact 0.250 0.300 (7.62) Dia. (6.35) Stroke 0.469 (11.91) Dia. -32 Threads per Inch 3 3 3 #15-32 Threads 0.340 (8.64) 0.680 (17.27) 0.460 (11.68) Dia. 1.200 (30.48) 1.310 (33.27) 0.620 (15.75) 0.040 (1.02) 0.070 (1.78) Keyway 3 3 0.750 (19.05) 3 3 8442 and 8444 (Screw Terminals) 0.090 (2.29) Button Travel to Make Contact 8448K2 B 0.940 (23.88) 1.210 (30.99) 0.260 (6.60) 0.340 (8.64) 0.040 (1.02) 0.070 (1.78) Keyway 0.250 (6.35) Stroke 3 0.469 (11.91) Dia. -32 Threads per Inch 0.300 (7.62) Dia. 0.620 (15.75) A 3 0.090 (2.29) Button Travel to Make Contact 0.469 (11.91) Dia. -32 Threads per Inch 3 0.460 (11.68) Dia. 3 3 0.040 (1.02) 0.070 (1.78) Keyway 0.760 (19.30) 3 1.060 (26.92) 1.320 (33.53) 0.750 (19.05) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 17 3.2 3 Pushbuttons Illuminated AC/DC Rated Contents Illuminated AC/DC Rated Description Page AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Illuminated AC/DC Rated Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Lamp Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Product Description Eaton offers a wide range of pushbutton switches for standard industry applications such as appliances, electronics, medical and test instrumentation, office equipment and many other commercial applications. A variety of options are available such as illuminated and non-illuminated versions, colored lens caps, lamp styles and mounting styles. 3 Each pushbutton series offers a matching indicator for a consistent look. See the Product Overview tables to quickly identify the required product. Then, refer to the Catalog Number Selection and Product Selection tables to determine the catalog number. Standards and Certifications UL Recognized CSA Certified RoHS Except where noted. Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Product Selection Guide General Purpose Pushbuttons and Indicators--Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Series 206/208 220/221/224 231/234 580/581/586 Pushbutton Selection--Switch Page 19 Page 19 Page 19 Page 20 Pushbutton Selection--Indicator Page 19 Page 19 Page 19 Page 20 Pushbutton Cap Selection Page 23 Page 23 Page 23 Page 23 Circuit Diagram Letter (See Page 28) K, N K, N K, N J, L, M Series 770/775 810/815 820/825 860/861/845 Pushbutton Selection--Switch Page 21 Page 22 Page 22 Page 22 Pushbutton Cap Selection Page 21 Page 22 Page 22 Page 22 Pushbutton Selection--Indicator Page 23 Page 23 Page 23 Page 23 Circuit Diagram Letter (See Page 28) Q K, N K, N J, L 3 3 18 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons Illuminated AC/DC Rated 3.2 Series 206/208, 220 & 221/224, 231/234 3 3 3 Catalog Number Selection 3 How To Order--Series 206/220 & 221 /231 , Switch 3 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate control type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Example: Base Prefix 206 = 206 Series illuminated 220 = 220 Series non-illuminated 221 = 221 Series illuminated 231 = LED display 206 K 1 1 9 1 2 D 03 05 S 30 Product Type K = Switch Terminations 1 = Solder Action Mounting 1 = Mom. 2 = Alt. 0 = No barriers 1 = Vert. barriers 2 = Horiz. barriers 3 = Full barriers Number of Poles 1 = 1PST 2 = 2PDT Contact Material 8 = Silver 9 = Gold 6 = 2PDT Pushbutton Style 220 & 221 Full/Top Lens Color All Series 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 10 = Amber 12 = Lunar white 13 = Light green 15 = Clear 20 = Gray 21 = Black Bottom Lens Color 206 Series Only 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 10 = Amber 12 = Lunar white 13 = Light green 15 = Clear 20 = Gray 21 = Black Pushbutton Height 206 A = 0.190 in (4.8 mm) Full S = 0.190 in (4.8 mm) Split 220 & 221/231 A = 0.190 in (4.8 mm) Full 3 Lamp 206 /220 & 221 Incandescent Example: 30 28-3158 231 LED lamps Example: 02 Red, 5 Vdc 3 3 3 3 3 3 C = Clear D = Deadfront F = Filtered M = Matte 3 3 231 M = Matte 3 How To Order--Series 208/224 /234 , Indicator 3 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate control type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Example: Base Prefix 208 = 208 Series indicators 224 = 224 Series indicators 234 = 234 Series indicators 208 L 1 2 D 03 05 S 30 Product Type Mounting L = Indicator 0 = No barriers 1 = Vert. barriers 2 = Horiz. barriers 3 = Full barriers Terminations 1 = Solder Pushbutton Style 208/224 C = Clear D = Deadfront F = Filtered M = Matte 3 Full/Top Lens Color All Series 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 10 = Amber 12 = Lunar white 13 = Light green 15 = Clear 20 = Gray 21 = Black Bottom Lens Color 208 Series Only 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 10 = Amber 12 = Lunar white 13 = Light green 15 = Clear 20 = Gray 21 = Black 3 Pushbutton Height 208 A = 0.190 in (4.8 mm) Full S = 0.190 in (4.8 mm) Split 224/234 A = 0.190 in (4.8 mm) Full 3 Lamp 208/224 Incandescent Example: 30 28-3158 234 LED lamps Example: 02 Red, 5 Vdc 3 3 3 3 3 234 M = Matte 3 3 Notes Full cap style does not require a bottom lens code. Pole one is silver, pole two is gold. Refer to Page 26 for barrier information. Not available with lighted display. Use two-digit item number, 30-37, from Incandescent Lamps table on Page 24. Use two-digit item number, 01-19, from LED Lamps table on Page 25. Accepts two bulbs 3 3 3 3 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 19 3.2 Pushbuttons Illuminated AC/DC Rated Series 580/581/586 3 3 3 3 3 Catalog Number Selection 3 How To Order--Series 580/581, Switch To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate control type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 3 Example: 581 K 1 3 9 1 0 T 3 3 3 Base Prefix 580 = 580 Series non-illuminated 581 = 581 Series illuminated Product Type Action 1 = Mom. 2 = Alt. K = Switch Number of Poles 1 = 1PST NO 2 = 1PST NC 3 = 2PST NO 4 = 2PST NC 5 = 2PST NO/NC 3 3 3 Contact Material 5 = Silver plate 9 = Gold plate 3 3 3 Terminations 1 = Solder Mounting 0 = Chamfered bezel 1 = Flat bezel Pushbutton Style Pushbutton Height A = 0.270 in (6.9 mm) B = 0.330 in (8.4 mm) C = 0.440 in (11.2 mm) Lamp Incandescent Example: 30 28-3158 M = Matte T = Translucent To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate control type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Example: 3 Base Prefix Product Type 3 586 = 586 Series indicators L = Indicator 3 586 L 1 0 T Terminations 1 = Solder Mounting 0 = Chamfered bezel 1 = Flat bezel Pushbutton Style 3 M = Matte T = Translucent 3 3 Full/Top Lens Color 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 12 = Lunar white 15 = Clear 20 = Gray 21 = Black How To Order--Series 586, Indicator 3 3 03 B 30 03 B 30 Full/Top Lens Color 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 12 = Lunar white 15 = Clear 20 = Gray 21 = Black Notes Flush with bezel. Not available with lighted display. Use two-digit item number, 30-37, from Incandescent Lamps table on Page 24. 3 3 3 3 3 3 20 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Pushbutton Height A = 0.270 in (6.9 mm) B = 0.330 in (8.4 mm) C = 0.440 in (11.2 mm) Lamp Incandescent Example: 30 28-3158 3.2 Pushbuttons Illuminated AC/DC Rated Series 770/775 3 3 3 3 Catalog Number Selection 3 How To Order--Series 770 , Switch 3 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate control type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Example: Base Prefix 770 = 770 Series illuminated 770 K 1 1 9 1 1 M 03 01 G 80 Product Type K = Switch Action Terminations 1 = Mom. 2 = Alt. 1 = Solder Mounting Number of Poles 0 = No barriers 1 = Vert. barriers 1 = 1PDT 2 = 2PDT Pushbutton Style Contact Material 8 = Silver 9 = Gold M = Matte Full/Top Lens Color 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue Bottom Lens Color 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 3 Pushbutton Height F = 0.36 in (9.1 mm) Full G = 0.27 in (6.9 mm) Full H = 0.12 in (3.0 mm) Full S = 0.36 in (9.1 mm) Split 3 Lamp Incandescent Neon Example: 80 28-3157 3 3 3 3 3 3 How To Order--Series 775 , Indicator 3 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate control type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Example: Base Prefix 775 = 775 Series indicator Product Type Mounting L = Indicator 0 = No barriers 1 = Vert. barriers Terminations Pushbutton Style 1 = Solder 3 775 L 1 1 M 03 01 G 80 M = Matte Full/Top Lens Color 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue Bottom Lens Color 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 3 Pushbutton Height F = 0.36 in (9.1 mm) Full G = 0.27 in (6.9 mm) Full H = 0.12 in (3.0 mm) Full S = 0.36 in (9.1 mm) Split Lamp Incandescent Neon Example: 80 28-3157 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Notes Full or split cap style available. Flush with bezel. Not available with lighted display. Use two-digit item number, 51-59, from Incandescent Lamps table on Page 24. Use two-digit item number, 80 or 81, from Neon Lamps table on Page 25. 3 3 3 3 3 3 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 21 3.2 Pushbuttons Illuminated AC/DC Rated Series 860 & 861/845, 810/815, 820/825 3 3 3 3 3 Catalog Number Selection 3 How To Order--Series 860 & 861/810/820, Switch To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate control type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 3 Example: 3 3 3 3 3 Base Prefix 860 = 860 Series non-illuminated 861 = 861 Series illuminated 810 = 810 Series illuminated 820 = 820 Series illuminated Product Type 3 Action 3 3 Number of Poles 860 & 861 1 = 1PDT 3 = 2PST 810 3 3 3 Mounting 860 & 861 0 = No barriers 1 = Vert. barriers 2 = Horiz. barriers 810/820 1 = 1PDT 2 = 2PDT 820 1 = 1PDT 2 = 2PDT NC 0 = No barriers 1 = Vert. barriers 1 = Mom. 2 = Alt. Contact Material 8 = Silver 9 = Gold 6 = 2PDT/2PST Example: Base Prefix 845 = 861 Series indicator 815 = 810 Series indicator 825 = 820 Series indicator 3 3 3 3 Lamp 860 & 861 Incandescent Example: 30 28-3158 810 Incandescent LED Example: 93 Red, 20 mA 820 Incandescent Neon LED Example: 70 28-3156 Product Type L = Indicator Terminations 1 = Solder 845 L 1 2 D 03 B 30 Mounting 845 0 = No barriers 1 = Vert. barriers 2 = Horiz. barriers 815/825 0 = No barriers 1 = Vert. barriers Full/Top Lens Color 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 12 = Lunar white 15 = Clear 20 = Gray 21 = Black Pushbutton Height 845 A = 0.24 in (6.1 mm) B = 0.35 in (8.9 mm) C = 0.14 in (3.6 mm) 815/825 A = 0.33 in (8.4 mm) B = 0.44 in (11.2 mm) Pushbutton Style C = Clear D = Deadfront F = Filtered M = Matte T = Translucent 3 3 Full/Top Lens Color 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 12 = Lunar white 15 = Clear 20 = Gray 21 = Black Pushbutton Height 860 & 861 A = 0.24 in (6.1 mm) B = 0.35 in (8.9 mm) C = 0.14 in (3.6 mm) 810/820 A = 0.33 in (8.4 mm) B = 0.44 in (11.2 mm) To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate control type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 3 3 Pushbutton Style C = Clear D = Deadfront F = Filtered M = Matte T = Translucent How To Order--Series 845/815/825, Indicator 3 3 Terminations 1 = Solder K = Switch 3 3 861 K 1 3 9 1 2 D 03 B 30 Notes Full cap style does not require a bottom lens code. Pole one is silver, pole two is gold. Flush with bezel. Not available with lighted display. Use two-digit item number, 30-37, from Incandescent Lamps table on Page 24. Use two-digit item number, 93-97, from LED Lamps table on Page 25. Not available with lighted display. Available only on "M." Use two-digit item number, 02-14, from Incandescent Lamps table on Page 24. Use two-digit item number, 70, from Neon Lamps table on Page 25. 22 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Lamp 815 Incandescent LED Example: 30 28-3158 825 Incandescent LED Neon Example: 93 Red, 20 mA 845 Incandescent Example: 37 28-3158-8 3.2 Pushbuttons Illuminated AC/DC Rated Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Pushbutton Caps 3 Series 206/220/231 and Series 580/770/810/820/849 3 3 3 3 3 Catalog Number Selection 3 How To Order--Series 206/220/231, Pushbutton Caps 3 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate control type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Example: Base Prefix 206 = 2 Lamp display (Series 206/208) 220 = Non-illuminated Series 220 and illuminated Series 221, 224 and 234 231 = LED display on Series 231 and 234 Product Type P = Pushbutton 3 206 P C 03 04 S Display Legend/Style C = Clear cap and color insert, transmitted color D = Deadfront, smoky gray cap and color insert F = Filtered color, white cap and color insert M = Matte, no insert, transmitted color Full/Top Lens Color 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 10 = Amber 12 = Lunar white 13 = Light green 15 = Clear 20 = Gray 21 = Black Bottom Lens Color 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 10 = Amber 12 = Lunar white 13 = Light green 15 = Clear 20 = Gray 21 = Black 3 Cap Height A = 0.19 in (4.8 mm), Full S = 0.19 in (4.8 mm), Split 3 3 3 3 3 3 How To Order--Series 580/770/810/820/849, Pushbutton Caps To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate control type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Example: Base Prefix 580 = Series 580, 581, 586 770 = Series 770, 775 810 = Series 810, 815 820 = Series 820, 825 849 = Series 845, 860, 861 Product Type P = Pushbutton 3 580 P C 03 04 B Display Legend/Style C = Clear cap and color insert, transmitted color D = Deadfront, smoky gray cap and color insert F = Filtered color, white cap and color insert M = Matte, no insert, transmitted color T = Transmitted color, smooth surface, solid color Full/Top Lens Color 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 10 = Amber 12 = Lunar white 15 = Clear 21 = Black Bottom Lens Color 00 = Orange 01 = White 02 = Red 03 = Green 04 = Yellow 05 = Blue 10 = Amber 12 = Lunar white 15 = Clear 21 = Black 3 Cap Height 580 A = 0.27 in (6.9 mm) B = 0.33 in (8.4 mm) C = 0.44 in (11.2 mm) 770 F = Full, 0.36 in (9.1 mm) G = 0.27 in (6.9 mm) H = 0.12 in (3.0 mm) S = Split, 0.36 in (9.1 mm) 810/820 A = 0.33 in (8.4 mm) B = 0.44 in (11.2 mm) 849 A = 0.24 in (6.1 mm) B = 0.35 in (8.9 mm) C = 0.14 in (3.6 mm) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Notes For a high degree of illumination, a full cap may be used with two lamp devices. Available only with colors red, green, yellow and blue. Available in matte only. Not available for lighted display. Measured from panel of top of pushbutton cap. Available in translucent and matte only. For two lamps, two colored inserts with divider. 3 3 3 3 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 23 3.2 3 3 3 3 Pushbuttons Illuminated AC/DC Rated Incandescent Lamps Bi-Pin Base for 800 Series To Order Lamp Item Number Separately ASA Lamp Number Designed Volts Design Amps Brightness (MSCP) Brightness (Lumens) 02 28-3154-2 7361 5 0.06 0.05 0.63 100,000 03 28-3154-3 7945 6 0.04 0.03 0.38 10,000 Lab Average Life (Hours) 04 28-3154-4 7328 6 0.20 0.60 7.92 21,000 05 28-3154-5 7380 6.3 0.04 0.03 0.38 50,000 3 06 28-3154-6 7377 6.3 0.075 0.22 2.89 500 07 28-3154-7 7381 6.3 0.20 0.40 5.03 50,000 3 08 28-3154-8 7371 12 0.04 0.12 1.51 10,000 09 28-3154-9 7330 14 0.08 0.50 6.29 750 3 10 28-3154-10 7382 14 0.08 0.30 3.77 50,000 11 28-3154-11 7370 18 0.04 0.15 1.89 10,000 3 12 28-3154-12 7327 28 0.04 0.34 4.27 7,000 13 28-3154-13 7387 28 0.04 0.30 3.77 25,000 3 14 28-3154-14 7876 28 0.06 0.34 4.27 25,000 3 Midget Flange Base for 770 Series Lab Average Life (Hours) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 To Order Lamp Item Number Separately ASA Lamp Number Designed Volts Design Amps Brightness (MSCP) Brightness (Lumens) 51 28-3155-2 345 6 0.04 0.03 0.38 10,000 52 28-3155-3 328 6 0.20 0.60 7.92 1,000 53 28-3155-4 377 6.3 0.075 0.22 2.89 500 54 28-3155-5 394 12 0.04 0.12 1.51 10,000 55 28-3155-6 330 14 0.08 0.50 6.29 750 56 28-3155-7 382 14 0.08 0.30 3.77 50,000 57 28-3155-8 370 18 0.04 0.15 1.89 10,000 58 28-3155-9 327 28 0.04 0.34 4.27 7,000 59 28-3155-10 387 28 0.04 0.30 3.77 25,000 Lab Average Life (Hours) Subminiature Wedge Base for 200 and 500 Series To Order Lamp Item Number Separately ASA Lamp Number Designed Volts Design Amps Brightness (MSCP) Brightness (Lumens) 30 28-3158 56 5 0.115 0.15 1.89 20,000 31 28-3158-2 79 6 0.20 0.60 7.92 1,000 32 28-3158-3 84 6.3 0.04 0.03 0.38 20,000 33 28-3158-4 86 6.3 0.20 0.40 5.03 20,000 34 28-3158-5 18 14 0.04 0.13 1.63 5,000 35 28-3158-6 73 14 0.08 0.30 3.77 15,000 36 28-3158-7 85 28 0.04 0.30 3.77 7,000 37 28-3158-8 17 28 0.06 0.65 8.17 5,000 Notes Use this two-digit number for installation in switches and indicators. Standard tolerance for MSCP is 25%. Average life is for AC operation. DC life will be approximately 50% less. Operating incandescent lamps at 5-10% below rated voltage will generally increase lamp life 200-400%. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 24 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons Illuminated AC/DC Rated 3.2 Neon Lamps T 1-3/4 Bi-Pin Base Neon Lamp for All 800 Series "Shorty" Switches and Indicators To Order Lamp Item Number Separately CLC Lamp Number Circuit Volts AC DC 70 7A1H 105-125 28-3156 150 3 3 Nominal Current MA Average Useful Life (Hours) External Resistance Required Ignition Voltage AC DC Bulb Size Lamp Length Lead Length 1.5 25,000 47K (1/4 W) 95 T-2 0.60 0.25 T 1-3/4 Midget Flange Base Neon Lamps for All 700 Series Switches and Indicators 135 3 3 3 To Order Lamp Item Number Separately CLC Lamp Number Circuit Volts AC DC Nominal Current MA Average Useful Life (Hours) External Resistance Required Built-In Resistance Ignition Voltage AC DC Bulb Size Maximum Overall Length 80 28-3157 A1H 105-125 150 1.5 25,000 35K (1/4 W) None 95 135 T-2 0.67 81 28-3157-2 C-24 105-125 150 4.2 8,000 None 35K 95 135 T-2 0.67 3 3 3 LED Lamps LEDs are sold installed only. 3 LEDs for Series 231 through 235 Switches and Indicators Color Voltage Without Diode Protection Item Number Vdc 01 11 Red 5 Vdc 02 12 Yellow Green 3 With Diode Protection Item Number 15 Vdc 03 13 Vdc 04 14 5 Vdc 05 15 15 Vdc 06 16 Vdc 07 17 5 Vdc 08 18 15 Vdc 09 19 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 T 1-3/4 Wire LEDs for All 800 Series Switches and Indicators Luminous Intensity (MCD) Item Number Color Forward Current (MA) Minimum 93 Red 20 95 Green 20 96 Yellow 97 Amber 3 Typical Forward Voltage (V) Typical Diffused or Undiffused 3 80 160 1.7 Undiffused 3 80 160 1.7 Undiffused 20 80 160 1.7 Undiffused 20 80 160 1.7 Undiffused 3 3 Notes Neon lamps are not recommended for use with colored caps or inserts, especially those colored green or blue. Recommended external series resistor values shown for indicated average useful life are for lamp and resistor combinations used across 110-125 Vac. 1/4 W. 10% tolerance. Use this two-digit number for installation in switches and indicators. For use with clear or white cap only. 5 Vdc and 15 Vdc include internal current limiting resistor. Other voltages available--contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. External current limiting required. User must include in circuit--to give current of 20 mA to LED. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 25 3.2 Pushbuttons Illuminated AC/DC Rated 3 Mounting Barriers Ordering Guide 3 When switches are individually mounted, add 0.10 in (2.54 mm) per switch to the appropriate bezel dimension. When switches are gang mounted, add 0.05 in (1.27 mm) to the appropriate bezel dimension for each switch mounted plus an additional 0.05 in (1.27 mm) to compensate for gang mounting. 3 Catalog Number Example: 200B1 3 Series 200 and 300 Mounting Barriers 3 Product Series Barrier Type and Description Code 3 End--Short 1 3 Center--Short 2 3 200 Product Type Barrier 3 Code B End--Long 3 Center--Long 4 3 3 3 3 Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4 Engraving and Hot Stamping All legend markings are engraved or hot stamped in accordance with the limitations below. Standard markings are of condensed gothic type, 1/8" high characters, with white letters on blue, red and green translucent pushbuttons and black letters on white, yellow, orange and all filtered pushbuttons. Engraving and Hot Stamping 3 Pushbutton Size Standard Engraving Limitations Standard Hot Stamping Limitations 1/2" square pushbuttons 2 lines, 4 characters per line 1 line, 4 characters per line 3 5/8" square pushbuttons--full legend 3 lines, 6 characters per line 2 lines, 5 characters per line 5/8" square pushbuttons--split legend 2 lines, 6 characters per line 2 lines, 5 characters per line 3 3/4" square pushbuttons 3 lines, 7 characters per line 2 lines, 6 characters per line 3/4" x 1" rectangular pushbutton--full legend 3 lines, 9 characters per line 2 lines, 8 characters per line 3/4" x 1" rectangular pushbutton--split legend 2 lines, 9 characters per line 2 lines, 8 characters per line 3 3 3 3 Accessories 3 These snap-on pushbutton caps are made of molded plastic for use with grooved style switches. They are ordered separately for user assembly. 3 Snap-On Pushbutton Caps--Standard 3 Description Button Diameter in Inches (mm) Catalog Number Black molded 0.625 (15.88) 53-3338 Red molded 0.625 (15.88) 53-3338-2 3 3 3 3 Notes The full guard barrier is molded as an integral part of the switch body and is specified as a part of the complete switch catalog number. An end barrier is attached to each side of housing. The center barrier is used between devices when gang mounting in a slot array. For use with square devices and short side of rectangular devices. For use with long side of rectangular devices. Use a center--long between switches if gang mounting. 3 3 3 26 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons Illuminated AC/DC Rated 3.2 Technical Data and Specifications 3 General Purpose Pushbuttons and Indicators--Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Series 206/208 220/221/224 231/234 580/581/586 Ratings-- Silver Contacts Gold Contacts 5A @ 125 Vac or 250 Vac 0.1A @ 125 Vac/dc 5A @ 125 Vac or 250V dc 0.1A @ 125 Vac/dc 5A @ 125 Vac or 250 Vac 0.1A @ 125 Vac/dc Silver or Gold: 1A @ 125 Vac Gold-plated contacts for low level Action Momentary Alternate with positive latch down Momentary Alternate with positive latch down Momentary Alternate with positive latch down Momentary Alternate with positive latch down Switch Circuitry Break before make 1PDT or 2PDT 2 independent lamp circuits Break before make 1PDT or 2PDT Break before make 1PDT or 2PDT Double break 1PST or 2PST Termination Types 0.02 x 0.11 in (0.51 x 2.79 mm) 0.02 x 0.11 in (0.51 x 2.79 mm) 0.02 x 0.110 in (0.51 x 2.79 mm) 0.01 x 0.11 in (0.31 x 2.79 mm) Pushbuttons 0.62 x 1.00 in (15.87 x 25.40 mm) Rectangular Full or horizontal split lens Plain, engraved or hot stamped 0.63 in (15.87 mm) Square Plain, engraved or hot stamped 0.63 in (15.87 mm) Square Plain, engraved or hot stamped 0.50 in (12.70 mm) Square 3 heights above panel E Plain, engraved or hot stamped Mounting Snap-in panel mounting Stainless steel retaining clips Panel thickness: 0.03 to 0.19 in (0.76 to 4.76 mm) Barrier mount available Snap-in panel mounting Stainless steel retaining clips Panel thickness: 0.03 to 0.19 in (0.76 to 4.76 mm) Barrier mount available Snap-in panel mounting Stainless steel retaining clips Panel thickness: 0.03 to 0.19 in (0.76 to 4.76 mm) Barrier mount available Snap-in panel mounting Choice of two bezel styles: Chamfered or Flat Stainless steel retaining clips Panel thickness: 0.06 to 0.19 in (1.59 to 4.76 mm) Two T 1-3/4 wedge base lamps Incandescent Front relampable Lamp stationary to reduce mechanical shock to filament Two T 1-3/4 wedge base lamps Incandescent Front relampable Lamp stationary to reduce mechanical shock to filament One rectangular LED flush with cap Various voltages available Diode protection available Two T 1-3/4 wedge base lamps Incandescent Front relampable Lamp stationary to reduce mechanical shock to filament Pushbutton Travel 0.19 in (2.29 mm) 0.19 in (2.29 mm) 0.19 in (2.29 mm) 0.17 in (4.32) Series 770/775 810/815 820/825 860/861/845 Ratings-- Silver Contacts Gold Contacts 10.5A @ 125 Vac or 250 Vac 0.25A @ 125 Vac or 30 Vdc 3A @ 125 Vac or 250 Vac 0.25A @ 125 Vac or 30 Vdc 3A @ 125 Vac or 250 Vac 0.25A @ 125 Vac or 30 Vdc 6A @ 125 Vac or 3A @ 250 Vac 0.25A @ 125 Vac or 30 Vdc Action Momentary Alternate with positive latch down Momentary Alternate with positive latch down Momentary Alternate with positive latch down Momentary Alternate with positive latch down Switch Circuitry 1PDT or 2PDT (2 circuit) 2 independent lamp circuits Break before make 1PDT or 2PDT Break before make 1PDT or 2PDT Double break 1PST or 2PST, NO Termination Types 0.02 x 0.125 in (0.25 x 3.18 mm) Epoxy sealed 0.02 x 0.11 in (0.64 x 2.79 mm) Epoxy sealed 0.02 x 0.11 in (0.64 x 2.79 mm) Epoxy sealed 0.02 x 0.11 in (0.64 x 2.79 mm) Pushbuttons 0.73 x 0.97 in (18.54 x 24.64 mm) Rectangular Plain, engraved or hot stamped 0.75 x 1 in (19.05 x 25.40 mm) Rectangular 2 heights above panel 5 styles Plain, engraved or hot stamped 0.75 in (19.05 mm) 0.62 in (15.87 mm) Square Horizontal split legend (indicator only) 3 heights above bezel 5 styles Plain, engraved or hot stamped Panel mounting retained by molded sleeve and nut May be individually mounted or gang mounted in horizontal or vertical rows Panel thickness from 0.03 to 0.25 in (0.76 to 6.35 mm) Barrier mount available Snap mount available Snap-in panel mounting Stainless steel retaining clips Panel thickness: 0.06 to 0.19 in (1.59 to 4.76 mm) Barrier mount available Snap-in panel mounting Stainless steel retaining clips Panel thickness: 0.06 to 0.19 in (1.59 to 4.76 mm) Barrier mount available Lamps Accepts two T 1-3/4 midget flange base lamps Incandescent or neon Front relampable One T 1-3/4 bi-pin base Incandescent, neon or LED Front relampable Lamp stationary to reduce mechanical shock to filament One T 1-3/4 bi-pin base Incandescent, neon or LED Front relampable Lamp stationary to reduce mechanical shock to filament One T 1-3/4 bi-pin base Incandescent, neon or LED Front relampable Lamp stationary to reduce mechanical shock to filament Pushbutton Travel 0.22 in (5.59 mm) 0.22 in (5.59 mm) 0.22 in (5.59 mm) 0.22 in (5.59 mm) Lamps Mounting Square 2 heights above panel 5 styles Plain, engraved or hot stamped 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Snap-in panel mounting Stainless steel retaining clips Panel thickness: 0.06 to 0.19 in (1.59 to 4.76 mm) Barrier mount available 3 3 3 3 3 3 Terminations are suitable for solder or female 110 connectors. Series 770: Solder only. See Engraving and Hot Stamping table on Page 26 for more information. See Product Selection tables on Pages 19-22 for more information. See Series 200 and 300 Mounting Barriers table on Page 26 for more information. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 3 3 27 3.2 3 3 Single Pole Pushbuttons Illuminated AC/DC Rated 1 2 3 3 3 3 Double Pole 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 Four Pole 7 8 9 Circuit Diagrams When specified on order, switches will have the terminals identified as shown in the illustration at right. Terminal markings will be ink-stamped on the side of the switch case and unused terminal positions will not be identified. Pushbutton Circuit Diagrams All views are rear of switch with keyway or at down as applicable. Terminal numbers 2, 2 and 5 and 5 and 8 are considered inboard terminals for single-, two- and four-pole switches respectively. All others are considered outboard. 3 3 Terminal Identification 10 11 12 3 3 3 3 3 "Three Independent" ON-ON-ON Circuit Diagram For switch modified with "Three Independent" ON-ON-ON Special Circuit. External Jumpers are required. User to connect wiring per instructions given below. ON-ON-ON Special Circuit Connection Points Single-Pole Connect Common to Terminals 2 3 Connect Circuit "A" to Terminals 6 Connect Circuit "B" to Terminals 4 3 Connect Circuit "C" to Terminals 1 3 3 3 3 ON Independent Circuit with Lever in ... UP No. ofPosition Poles Circuit A 3 3 1 P3T 3 1 Circuit Letter Schematic A 1PST Circuit Letter 2 3 B 1PDT 2 3 D 2PDT 1 2 3 E 4PST 4 3 6 2 4 1 3 K 1PDT 5 6 L 2PST 4 5 6 2 5 8 11 3 6 9 12 F 4PDT 1 J 1PST 1 2 3 C 2PST Schematic I 2 Circuit 7 10 8 11 9 12 1 4 2 5 3 6 G 1PST 4 M 2PST 2 4 1 3 N 2PDT P 1PDT 2 6 3 CENTER Position (Maintained) Circuit B DOWN Position (Keyway) H 1PDT 4 2 3 Q 2 Circuit 6 B A C C NC NO H G NC NO Circuit C 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 5 6 4 5 6 Legends Pushbutton Legend Legend Rocker Switch Type Contact terminal--will make contact with switch lever 3 Isolated terminal--does not make contact with lever Center terminal and switch lever 3 Bulb Momentary contact 3 Denotes mechanical contact portion 3 Notes Poles 11 and 12 may be eliminated for three-pole devices. Poles 10, 11 and 12 may be eliminated for three-pole devices. Dependent lamp. Independent lamp. Two circuit--indicates a special type of double-throw switch in which the two circuits being controlled may be independent of each other. For 206 Series, an additional lamp is available. Available in 1PDT or 2PDT. 3 3 3 3 3 28 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 3.2 Pushbuttons Illuminated AC/DC Rated Dimensions 3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 206 Series 1.400 (35.56) 0.312 (7.92) 0.190 (4.83) 0.890 (22.61) 0.310 (7.87) 0.705 + 0.005 (19.05 + 0.127/ - 0.000) 0.740 (18.80) A = 0.270 (6.86) B = 0.330 (8.38) C = 0.440 (11.18) 2 C NO NO 0.900 (22.86) 0.400 (10.16) 1.200 (30.48) 0.990 (25.15) B 0.400 (11.18) 1.133 (28.78) 3 0.625 0.010 (15.88 0.254) 1.140 + 0.005 (28.96 + 0.127/ - 0.000) 0.600 0.800 (15.24) (20.32) LEGEND LEGEND 3 0.625 + 0.010 (15.88 + 0.254/ - 0.000) 0.400 (10.16) 0.685 (17.40) Typ. 3 LEGEND C A 3 0.010 (0.254) Rad. Max. NC NC 3 3 0.500 (12.70) Typ. 3 3 770 Series 220 Series 1.400 (35.56) 0.312 (7.92) 0.125 (3.18) 0.190 (4.83) NC NC C NO 0.800 (20.32) Typ. 0.500 (12.70) LEGEND 0.550 (13.97) 1.190 (30.23) 0.750 + 0.005 (19.05 + 0.127/ - 0.000) 0.600 (15.24) Typ. 3 0.730 (18.54) 0.960 (24.38) 0.750 + 0.005 (19.05 + 0.127/ - 0.000) C NO 3 0.120 (3.05) 0.970 (24.64) 0.400 (10.16) 0.740 (18.80) Typ. 3 580 Series 3 2.200 (55.88) 1.110 0.005 (28.19 0.127) F-S = 0.360 (9.14) G = 0.270 (6.86) H = 0.120 (3.05) 3 3 Panel thickness 0.030 (0.762) to 0.250 (6.35) 3 0.875 0.005 (22.23 0.127) 3 3 810 Series 231 Series 0.740 (18.80) Typ. NC 0.750 + 0.005 (19.05 + 0.127/ - 0.000) 0.800 (20.32) Typ. NC C C NO NO 0.500 (12.70) LED 0.312 (7.92) 1.400 (35.56) 3 0.940 (23.88) 0.400 (10.16) 0.100 (2.54) 0.190 (4.83) 0.600 (15.24) Typ. 0.750 (19.05) 1.070 (27.18) 0.750 + 0.005 (19.05 + 0.127/ - 0.000) 0.140 (3.56) 1.170 (29.72) 0.910 (23.11) C L 0.300 (7.62) 0.310 (7.87) LEGEND 3 1.000 (25.40) 3 3 0.010 (0.254) Rad. Max. C L 3 A = 0.330 (8.38) B = 0.440 (11.18) 3 0.875 0.005 (22.23 0.127) 3 1.110 0.005 (28.19 0.127) 3 3 3 3 3 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 29 3.2 3 Pushbuttons Illuminated AC/DC Rated Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 820 Series 860 Series 3 3 0.160 (4.06) 0.660 (16.76) 3 3 0.940 (23.88) Typ. 0.160 (4.06) 0.025 (0.64) 3 3 0.310 (7.87) A = 0.330 (8.38) B = 0.440 (11.18) 0.910 (23.11) 3 3 0.515 (13.08) LEGEND 0.280 (7.11) 0.840 (21.34) 0.250 (6.35) 1.110 (28.19) 0.090 (2.29) 0.010 (0.254) Rad. Max. 0.010 (0.254) Rad. Max. 0.875 + 0.005 (22.23 + 0.127/ - 0.000) LEGEND 0.280 (7.11) 0.750 (19.05) Typ. 0.875 + 0.005 (22.23 + 0.127/ - 0.000) 0.620 (15.75) Typ. 0.755 0.005 (19.18 0.127) 0.310 (7.87) 0.755 0.005 (19.18 0.127) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 30 0.850 (21.59) Typ. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com A = 0.240 (6.10) B = 0.350 (8.89) C = 0.140 (3.56) 1.000 (2.54) Rockers NGR 4.1 Introduction Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 SVR 4.4 4.7 4.10 4.12 74 75 81 82 88 89 91 92 94 95 96 98 100 101 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Symbol Library NGR and SVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NGR Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SVR Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 Technical Data Rocker, Toggle and Pushbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rocker Switch Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 71 Accessories Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Esport 70 8064/8065 Esport Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Icon/Legend Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11 69 8004/8005 Euro Full-Size Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Euro SR 68 8006/8007--EURO SR Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9 61 Rockette Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8 59 1600/2600 Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rockette 4 4 1500/2500 Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 38 Dual Motion Safety Switch Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 36 SVR Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 NGR Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3 33 102 107 115 4 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 31 4.1 4 Rockers Introduction Rocker Switch Products Contents Description 4 Page NGR--New Generation Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Dual Motion Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 8006/8007--EURO SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 8004/8005--Euro Full Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 8064/8065--ESPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Symbols Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Rockers Introduction 4.1 Rocker Selection Guide 4 See Technical Data and Dimensions for more details. 4 Rocker Switches--Illuminated and Non-Illuminated NGR SVR Dual Motion Safety Switch 4 4 4 4 4 4 Features Ratings 15A @ 125 Vac, 10A @ 250 Vac; 15A @ 28 Vdc (14 Vdc rating) 12A at either 12 or 24 Vdc 4 10A @ 250 Vac, 15A @ 125 Vac, 3/4hp @ 250 Vac 4 Certifications RoHS, UL Approvable RoHS, UL Approvable UL, CSA, RoHS Panel Opening Single- and double-pole length Single- pole width Double- pole width Rectangular 1.734 in (44.04 0.13 mm) 0.867 in (22.02 0.13 mm) 0.867 in (22.02 0.13 mm) Octagonal 0.830 in (21.10 mm); 0.680 in (17.30 mm) 1.450 in (36.80 mm); 1.190 in (30.20 mm) 1.450 in (36.80 mm); 1.190 in (30.20 mm) Octagonal 1.450 in (36.80 mm); 1.190 in (30.20 mm) 0.830 in (21.10 mm); 0.680 in (17.20 mm) N/A Seal Top (internal) Bottom (internal) Panel -- -- -- -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 Decorative Laser-etch Pad-print -- Poles Single Double Four -- -- -- -- Termination Spade Solder Screw Weld lugs -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Illumination Incandescent 6 Vdc Incandescent 12 Vdc Incandescent 14 Vdc Incandescent 18 Vdc Incandescent 24 Vdc Incandescent 28 Vdc Neon 110V Neon 125V Neon 250V 14V LED 28V LED -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Catalog Number Selection Page 38 Page 61 Page 69 4 4 4 Actuator Rocker without bezel Rocker with bezel Paddle Snap-in lens Locking Label Technical Data Page 44 Page 63 -- Circuit Diagrams Page 45 Page 64 -- Dimensions Page 57 Page 65 Page 69 Icon/Legend Symbols Library Page 102 Page 102 -- Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 33 4.1 4 Rockers Introduction See Technical Data and Dimensions for more details. Rocker Switches--Illuminated and Non-Illuminated, continued 4 1500/2500 1600/2600 Rockette Up to 22A @ 125 Vac, 16A @ 250 Vac Up to 22A @ 125 Vac, 16A @ 250 Vac Up to 15A @ 125 Vac, 10A @ 250 Vac, 3/4hp @250 Vac 4 4 4 4 4 4 Features Ratings 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Certifications UL, CSA, ENEC, RoHS UL, CSA, ENEC, RoHS UL, CSA, RoHS Panel Opening Single- and double-pole length Single- pole width Double- pole width Rectangular 1.075 in (27.30 0.10 mm) 0.483 in (12.27 0.07 mm) 0.876 in (22.25 0.10 mm) Rectangular 1.075 in (27.30 0.10 mm) 0.483 in (12.27 0.07 mm) 0.876 in (22.25 0.10 mm) Octagonal 1.450 in (36.83 mm); 1.190 in (30.23 mm) 0.830 in (21.80 mm); 0.680 in (17.27 mm) 0.830 in (21.80 mm); 0.680 in (17.27 mm) Seal Top (internal) Bottom (internal) Panel -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Decorative Laser-etch Pad-print -- -- -- Poles Single Double Four -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Actuator Rocker without bezel Rocker with bezel Paddle Snap-in lens Locking Label Termination Spade Solder Screw Weld lugs Illumination Incandescent 6 Vdc Incandescent 12 Vdc Incandescent 14 Vdc Incandescent 18 Vdc Incandescent 24 Vdc Incandescent 28 Vdc Neon 110V Neon 125V Neon 250V 14V LED 28V LED Catalog Number Selection Page 71 Page 75 Page 82 Technical Data Page 73 Page 79 Page 84 Circuit Diagrams Page 100 Page 100 Page 100 Dimensions Page 73 Page 79 Page 84 Icon/Legend Symbols Library Page 80 Page 80 -- 4 34 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Rockers Introduction 4.1 See Technical Data and Dimensions for more details. 4 Rocker Switches--Illuminated and Non-Illuminated, continued 8006/8007 8004/8005 4 8064/8065 4 4 4 4 4 Features Ratings 10A @ 250 Vac, 15A @ 125 Vac, 3/4hp @ 250 Vac, recommended up to 15A @ 28 Vdc 10A @ 250 Vac, 15A @ 125 Vac, 3/4hp @ 250 Vac, recommended up to 15A @ 28 Vdc 10A @ 250 Vac, 15A @ 125 Vac, 3/4hp @ 250 Vac, recommended up to 15A @ 28 Vdc 4 Certifications UL(CUR), RoHS UL(CUR), RoHS UL(CUR); RoHS 4 Panel Opening Single- and double-pole length Single- pole width Double- pole width Octagonal 1.450 in (36.85 mm); 1.190 in (30.23 mm) 0.830 in (21.08 mm); 0.680 in (17.27 mm) 0.830 in (21.08 mm); 0.680 in (17.27 mm) Rectangular 1.734 in (44.04 0.13 mm) 0.867 in (22.02 0.13 mm) 0.867 in (22.02 0.13 mm) Rectangular 1.734 in (44.04 0.13 mm) 0.867 in (22.02 0.13 mm) 0.867 in (22.02 0.13 mm) 4 Seal Top (internal) Bottom (internal) Panel -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 Actuator Rocker without bezel Rocker with bezel Paddle Snap-in lens Locking Label -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Decorative Laser-etch Pad-print -- -- -- Poles Single Double Four -- -- -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- 4 Illumination Incandescent 6 Vdc Incandescent 12 Vdc Incandescent 14 Vdc Incandescent 18 Vdc Incandescent 24 Vdc Incandescent 28 Vdc Neon 110V Neon 125V Neon 250V 14V LED 28V LED -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Catalog Number Selection Page 89 Page 92 Page 95 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Termination Spade Solder Screw Weld lugs Technical Data Page 90 Page 93 Page 96 Circuit Diagrams Page 100 Page 100 Page 100 Dimensions Page 90 Page 93 Page 97 Icon/Legend Symbols Library -- -- Page 96 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 35 4.2 4 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Contents NGR --New Generation Rocker Switches Description 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Page NGR--New Generation Rocker Switch Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Rocker Buttons/Actuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Lens Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Complete Indicators, Indicator Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Symbols Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Dual Motion Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 8006/8007--EURO SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 8004/8005--Euro Full Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 8064/8065--ESPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Product Description Features Eaton presents its New Generation Rocker (NGR) Series. This field-proven line of full-sized rocker switches, initially developed for the heavy truck industry, is now found in a variety of vehiclerelated applications. Sealing Standard switch provides splash and dust resistance to IP42. The sealed version is sealed to IP67 when supplied with panel seal. The NGR offers both European styling and ergonomic design while still providing the solid durability that you have come to expect from Eaton switches. Illuminated and nonilluminated versions with either incandescent bulbs or LEDs are available in either dependent or independent circuits and in a variety of popular switching circuits. Rocker The standard actuator for the NGR is a clean, Europeanstyled, two-face rocker made of high-quality thermoplastic material. The rocker is replaceable and snaps on and off the switch. Both the rocker and the bezel are supplied with an aesthetically pleasing matte finish. Different colors are also available, but black is standard. Rockers can be ordered separately. Lighting Each switch is capable of accommodating two incandescent light bulbs or LEDs for lighting purposes. A lamp or LED can be located at either end of the switch and oriented to be circuit dependent or independent. The incandescent bulbs are front replaceable. Two lamp or LED voltages, 14 Vdc and 28 Vdc, are standard. For additional voltages or colors, consult your local Eaton Sales Representative. The NGR also offers a variety of rocker buttons and indicators with laser-etched or pad-printed icons, insertable lenses and adhesive-backed labels. 4 4 4 4 4 4 36 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Standards and Certifications Approvable under stringent UL(R) and CSA(R) standards For information, contact your local Eaton Sales Representative RoHS Compliant Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Options Circuits 1PST, 1PDT, 2PST and 2PDT Maintained and momentary action Common lamp ground jumper for dual lamp units Multiple LEDs for daylight readability Additional colors of rockers, mounting bezels and lenses are available Special circuits Special ratings Pad-printed legends on lens, rocker and bezel Special lamps and lamp voltages Dry circuit capabilities Custom back-lit legends available Reversing jumpers (internal) Gang mounting system, see Page 99 Locking rocker with locking feature in UP and/or DOWN positions Indicators with laseretched or insertable lenses, or adhesive labels IP67 rated sealed switch Polarized lock-on connectors, see Page 98 28-5637-2 for Packard terminals 28-5940 for AMP terminals Panel plug 17-21543 Replacement bulb catalog number 14V: 28-5901 28V: 28-5909 For more information on additional options, contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. 4.2 Legends Flexible Ordering System Two legend areas are provided on the ends of each rocker of sufficient size to accommodate two lines consisting of four Helvetica Narrow 12-point characters. Legends may be nonilluminated or illuminated. The NGR offers three styles of illuminated legends. You can order assembled switches or the switch base and actuator separately. Use the final code in the switch base catalog number, Page 38, to denote assembly instructions. 4 4 4 4 4 4 Single-piece back-lit--Backlighting is a high-quality automotive/truck industry technique. The legend can appear daylight white or dead-front when nonilluminated but, depending on the back-lit color chosen, will change color when illuminated. Examples of standard back-lit legends are found on Pages 102-114. 4 4 4 4 4 Snap-in lenses--This rocker will have either one or two snap-in lenses in the legend areas. Legends are typically pad-printed on the lens in black or white. Snap-in lenses are available in six standard colors and can be ordered separately. 4 4 4 4 Label rocker--This rocker has a one-piece adhesivebacked label inserted into a recessed area on the face of the button. Legends can be done in several colors and be illuminated or non-illuminated. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative for suggested sources. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 37 4.2 4 Rocker and Paddle Frame Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Full Palm Guard Switch Base Panel Seal and Internal Seal 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 To order rocker and switch base assembled, contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. To order rocker buttons, see Page 39. To order lenses, see Page 41. To order indicator caps, see Page 43. For a complete indicator, see Page 42. Catalog Number Selection How To Order--Switch Base To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base prefix and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 4 4 4 4 Example: Switch Series (Unsealed) NGR = Switch Base Circuit 1501 = Circuit See Pages 45-56. 4 4 NGR 1501 4 B N A 0 N Frame Style 1 = Rocker and Paddle Frame 2 = Palm Guard (Top) 3 = Palm Guard (Bottom) 4 = Full Palm Guard (Top/Bottom) S = Panel Seal and Internal Seal G = Locking Rocker D = Locking Rocker F = Locking Rocker T = Internal Seal Frame Color B = Black Switch Contact Plating N = Standard T = High rated G = Gold 4 "A" Lamp Type and Color 0 = No lamp A = 14 Vdc incand./clear B = 24 Vdc incand./clear C = 28V LED/red D = 28V LED/green E = 28V LED/amber R = 14V LED/red G = 14V LED/green Y = 14V LED/amber K = 28V LED/red L = 28V LED/green T = 28V LED/amber W = 28V LED/white X = 28V LED/blue 4 4 4 4 4 4 Notes Circuits show lighting options available. See Pages 45-56. Locks in DOWN position. Locks in UP and DOWN positions. Locks in UP position. Switch contact construction plating-- N = Standard: Recommended for use on loads up to 12 amps @ 14 Vdc. T = High Rated: Recommended for use on loads greater than 12 amps @ 14 Vdc. G = Gold: Recommended for use on dry circuit/low level switching. Replaceable. Replaceable/wedge base LED. PCB version LED. 4 4 4 4 4 4 38 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com "B" Lamp Type and Color 0 = No lamp A = 14 Vdc incand./clear B = 24 Vdc incand./clear C = 28V LED/red D = 28V LED/green E = 28V LED/amber R = 14V LED/red G = 14V LED/green Y = 14V LED/amber K = 28V LED/red L = 28V LED/green T = 28V LED/amber W = 28V LED/white X = 28V LED/blue Rocker Assembled N = No 4.2 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Two-face Rocker, No Lens Two-face Rocker, Snap-in Lens Rocker Buttons/Actuators Decorative Decorative Rocker, Paddle, Back-lit Back-lit Locking Rocker 4 Label Rocker 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection 4 How To Order--Rocker Buttons/Actuators 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate button type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Example: Rocker Button Type 1 = Two-face, no lens rocker 2 = Two-face, snap-in lens rocker 3 = Decorative rocker, back-lit 4 = Decorative paddle, back-lit 5 = Locking rocker 6 = Label rocker Icon/Lens/Hole Location A = "A" only B = "B" only C = "A" and "B" D = No icon/lens/hole 4 3 C AF A 1 B AE C 4 A 3 Icon "A" Code AF = Unlock See Symbols Library on Pages 102-114. Icon "B" Code AE = Lock See Symbols Library on Pages 102-114. Icon "A" Orientation A = Standard orientation B = 90 clockwise C = 180 clockwise D = 270 clockwise 0 = No icon; no orientation Icon "B" Orientation A = Standard orientation B = 90 clockwise C = 180 clockwise D = 270 clockwise 0 = No icon; no orientation Icon "A" Color 0 = No icon; no color 1 = Daylight white 2 = Deadfront 3 = White 4 = Black 5 = Lens hole (no lens) Icon "B" Color 0 = No icon; no color 1 = Daylight white 2 = Deadfront 3 = White 4 = Black 5 = Lens hole (no lens) Icon "A" Lighted Color or Lens Color A = Red B = Green C = Amber E = Blue F = White G = Clear 0 = Non-lighted or no lens Icon "B" Lighted Color or Lens Color A = Red B = Green C = Amber E = Blue F = White G = Clear 0 = Non-lighted or no lens 4 Indicator Stripe Location 1 = "A" Position 2 = "B" Position 3 = "A" and "B" Positions 0 = No stripe 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Notes Decorative rocker only. Two-face rocker only. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 39 4.2 4 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Icon Location Examples Icon Orientation Examples Location A Location C Orientation A Orientation C Rocker with Icon in "A" Position (Code A) Rocker with Icon in "C" Position (Code C) Rocker with Standard Orientation (Code A) Rocker with Icon at 180 Clockwise (Code C) Location B Orientation B Orientation D Rocker with Icon in "B" Position (Code B) Rocker with Icon at 90 Clockwise (Code B) Rocker with Icon at 270 Clockwise (Code D) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 40 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Translucent Lens Transparent Lens 4.2 Lens Selection 4 For NGR Rocker Type "2" and Indicator Type "2CAP" only. 4 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection 4 How To Order--Translucent Lenses 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base prefix and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 28-5863-2 AF A Example: Lens Color Red Green Amber Blue White Base Catalog Number 28-5863-2 28-5863 28-5863-3 28-5863-9 28-5863-8 Icon Code AF = Unlock See Symbols Library on Pages 102-114. 4 4 Orientation Style Code A = Standard orientation B = Rotated 90 clockwise C = Inverted 180 D = Rotated 270 clockwise 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 How To Order--Transparent Lenses To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base prefix and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Lens Color Red Green Amber Blue Clear 4 28-5863-5 AF A Example: Base Catalog Number 28-5863-5 28-5863-4 28-5863-6 28-5863-10 28-5863-7 Icon Code AF = Unlock See Symbols Library on Pages 102-114. 4 4 Orientation Style Code A = Standard orientation B = Rotated 90 clockwise C = Inverted 180 D = Rotated 270 clockwise 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Notes When ordering a lens with an icon for the code B (bottom) position, specify code C orientation. Standard lens type. Non-standard lens type. Standard pad print for white and clear lens is black. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 4 41 4.2 4 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker NGR Complete Indicators and Indicator Caps Complete Indicator and Indicator Cap Assembled To order rocker buttons, see Page 39. To order lenses, see Page 41. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection How To Order--Complete Indicator To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate indicator type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 4 4 Example: Indicator Type 2N = Two-face, snap-in lens 3N = Laser-etched 6N = Label 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2N C AA R 1 B AB A 0 A Icon/Lens/Hole Location A = "A" icon only B = "B" icon only C = "A" and "B" icons D = No icon/lens/hole Icon "A" Code AA = Horn See Symbols Library on Pages 102-114. Lamp/LED Type and Color A = 14 Vdc incand./clear B = 28 Vdc incand./clear 0 = No lamp/LED R = 14V LED/red G = 14V LED/green Y = 14V LED/amber K = 28V LED/red L = 28V LED/green T = 28V LED/amber Lamp/LED Type and Color A = 14 Vdc incand./clear B = 28 Vdc incand./clear 0 = No lamp/LED R = 14V LED/red G = 14V LED/green Y = 14V LED/amber K = 28V LED/red L = 28V LED/green T = 28V LED/amber Icon "A" Color 0 = No icon; no color 1 = Daylight white 2 = Deadfront 3 = White 4 = Black 5 = Lens hole (no lens) Icon "B" Color 0 = No icon; no color 1 = Daylight white 2 = Deadfront 3 = White 4 = Black 5 = Lens hole (no lens) Icon "A" Lighted Color or Lens Color A = Red B = Green C = Amber E = Blue F = White G = Clear 0 = Non-lighted or no lens Icon "B" Lighted Color or Lens Color A = Red B = Green C = Amber E = Blue F = White G = Clear 0 = Non-lighted or no lens Notes Decorative rocker only. Two-face rocker only. 4 4 4 4 42 Icon "B" Code AB = Battery See Symbols Library on Pages 102-114. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Indicator Base 4.2 NGR Indicator Base and Indicator Caps Indicator Cap 4 To order rocker buttons, see Page 39. To order lenses, see Page 41. To order complete indicator, see Page 42. 4 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection 4 How To Order--Indicator Base 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base prefix and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Example: NGRIND A 0 N "A" Lamp Type and Color 0 = No lamp A = 14 Vdc incand./clear B = 24 Vdc incand./clear R = 14V LED/red G = 14V LED/green Y = 14V LED/amber K = 28V LED/red L = 28V LED/green T = 28V LED/amber X = 28V LED/blue Switch Series (Unsealed) NGRIND = Indicator base "B" Lamp Type and Color 0 = No lamp A = 14 Vdc incand./clear B = 24 Vdc incand./clear R = 14V LED/red G = 14V LED/green Y = 14V LED/amber K = 28V LED/red L = 28V LED/green T = 28V LED/amber X = 28V LED/blue 4 4 Rocker Assembled 4 N = No 4 4 4 How To Order--Indicator Cap 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate indicator type and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 Example: Indicator Type 2CAP = Two-face, snap-in lens 3CAP = Decorative/ laser-etched 6CAP = Label 2CAP C AB 1 B AH 0 A Icon/Lens/Hole Location A = "A" icon only B = "B" icon only C = "A" and "B" icons D = No icon/lens/hole Icon "A" Code AB = Battery See Symbols Library on Pages 102-114. 4 4 Icon "B" Code AH = Fuel See Symbols Library on Pages 102-114. Icon "A" Color 0 = No icon; no color 1 = Daylight white 2 = Deadfront 3 = White 4 = Black 5 = Lens hole (no lens) Icon "B" Color 0 = No icon; no color 1 = Daylight white 2 = Deadfront 3 = White 4 = Black 5 = Lens hole (no lens) Icon "A" Lighted Color or Lens Color A = Red B = Green C = Amber E = Blue F = White G = Clear 0 = Non-lighted or no lens Icon "B" Lighted Color or Lens Color A = Red B = Green C = Amber E = Blue F = White G = Clear 0 = Non-lighted or no lens 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Notes Decorative rocker only. Two-face rocker only. 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 43 4.2 4 4 4 4 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Technical Data and Specifications NGR--New Generation Rocker Item Ratings Specifications 15A @ 125 Vac, 10A@ 250 Vac 15A @ 28 Vdc, (14 Vdc rating) Approvable under stringent UL and CSA standards Contact Mechanism Slow-make/slow-break contact mechanism Butt action contact mechanism designed specifically for use on AC and low voltage DC applications Contact Material-- Standard Construction Movable--copper alloy with silver alloy contact face button Stationary--silver-plated copper alloy with silver alloy contact face button Mechanical Life 250,000 operations, minimum Electrical Life 200,000 operations, minimum Terminal Type Standard 0.25 in (6.35 mm) spade, silver-plated copper alloy 4 Base Material High-grade thermoplastic molding material Dielectric 1,000V rms, minimum 4 Mounting Means Snap-in mounting with plastic bezel Mounting Hole Rectangular panel cutout 1.734 x 0.867 in (44 x 22 mm) Panel Thickness 0.040 to 0.156 in (1.0 to 4.0 mm) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 IP Rating Standard IP42; sealed option IP67 Operating Temperature Range -40F to 185F (-40C to 85C) Notes For information, contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. Best results obtained between 0.060 and 0.118 in (1.5 and 3.0 mm). On sealed versions, recommended panel thickness between 0.079 and 0.118 in (2.0 and 3.0 mm). 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 44 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4.2 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Standard Circuit Diagrams Single-Pole 4 Double-Pole Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 1001 OFF 9 ON 2001 7 4 1 6 2B 9 -- 2B-3 1501 OFF 9 NONE ON 3 7 -- 2B-3-9 8 OFF 9 NONE ON 3 2B 7 -- -- 2B-3-10 1503 OFF 9 NONE ON 2B 7 -- 1504 2B-3 NONE ON 3 2B 7 5B -- 2B-3 1505 OFF 9 NONE ON 3 7 -- 2B-3-9 8 1506 NONE ON 3 7 -- 2B-3-10 8 1507 NONE ON 3 2B 7 -- 2B-3-9-10 8 1508 9 NONE ON 10 3 2B 5B 5B -- -- 2B-3 7 4 -- -- 2B-3 5B-6 4 OFF NONE ON 4 -- -- 2B-3 5B-6 4 OFF NONE ON 4 -- -- 2B-3-9 5B-6 4 OFF NONE ON -- -- 2B-3-10 5B-6 OFF NONE ON -- -- 2B-3-9-1 5B-6 OFF NONE ON 8 9 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 10 3 8 4 8 2508 4 1 6 ON 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF NONE 10 3 -- 5B 5B 9 4 1 6 OFF 4 4 2507 10 9 2B-3-10 5B-6 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF -- 4 10 3 -- 5B -- 8 9 4 1 6 2B 5B 2506 10 ON 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF 9 NONE 4 10 3 -- 5B OFF 8 9 4 1 6 2B 5B 2505 10 4 4 1 6 2B 7 8 2B-3-9 5B-6 10 3 -- -- 8 9 4 1 6 5B 2504 10 -- 4 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF 9 -- 8 ON 4 10 3 5B NONE 8 9 4 1 6 5B 2503 10 3 OFF 4 4 1 6 2B 7 8 2B-3 5B-6 10 3 5B -- 8 9 4 1 6 5B 2502 10 -- 4 4 4 1 6 2B 7 1502 ON 10 3 -- 5B NONE 8 9 4 1 6 2B 5B 2501 10 OFF 4 1 6 2B 7 8 UP Position 10 3 -- 5B 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 10 3 7 NONE UP Position 2B 4 4 1 6 5B -- -- 8 2B-3 5B-6 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 45 4.2 4 4 4 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Single-Pole Double-Pole Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 1002 OFF 9 4 4 3 7 7 MOM. ON OFF 9 3 2B-3-9 8 NONE MOM. ON 7 2B-3-10 8 1528 NONE MOM. ON 10 3 5B 2B-3 7 -- -- 2B-3 5B-6 OFF NONE MOM. ON -- -- 2B-3 5B-6 OFF NONE MOM. ON -- -- 2B-3-9 5B-6 OFF NONE MOM. ON -- -- 2B-3-10 5B-6 OFF NONE MOM. ON -- -- 2B-3 5B-6 4 1 6 2B 4 4 4 4 4 46 MOM. ON 10 3 -- NONE 8 9 -- 8 5B 2528 4 1 6 2B OFF 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF 9 2B-3-10 5B-6 10 3 -- -- 8 9 -- 5B 5B 2526 4 1 6 2B -- 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF MOM. ON 10 3 -- NONE 8 2525 10 3 5B 9 -- 5B 1526 7 MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 7 4 NONE 10 OFF 4 1 6 2B 7 1525 4 2B-3 8 2B-3-9 5B-6 10 3 -- -- 8 9 -- 5B 5B 2524 4 1 6 2B 7 4 NONE -- 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF 9 4 2B-3 8 MOM. ON 10 3 -- NONE 8 2523 10 3 5B 9 -- 5B 9 4 MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 1524 4 NONE OFF 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF 3 4 2B-3-10 10 2B-3 5B-6 10 3 -- -- 8 2522 8 9 5B 9 -- 5B 1523 4 MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 4 4 NONE -- 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF 3 4 2B-3-9 10 MOM. ON 10 3 -- NONE 8 2521 8 9 5B 9 -- 5B 1522 4 MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 7 4 NONE OFF 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF 4 4 2B-3 10 UP Position 10 3 -- 8 9 4 2002 9 -- 5B 1521 4 MOM. ON Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4 1 6 2B 7 4 NONE UP Position 10 3 4 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 5B 8 4.2 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Single-Pole Double-Pole Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position ON 2003 10 9 3 2B-1 5B -- 2B-3 8 1541 NONE ON -- 2B-3-9 8 1542 NONE ON 7 -- 2B-3-10 8 1543 NONE ON 3 7 -- 2B-3 8 1544 ON 3 2B-1 -- 2B-3 ON NONE ON 2B 5B 8 1545 9 7 2B 7 4 1 6 2545 10 3 2B 7 9 4 1 6 -- 2B-3-9 8 1546 NONE ON 3 7 -- 2B-3-10 8 1547 NONE ON 3 7 -- 2B-3-9 8 1548 9 NONE ON 10 3 2B 5B 8 9 2B-1 -- ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3-10 5B-6 ON NONE ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 ON NONE ON 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2B-3 7 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 4 ON NONE ON 4 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3-9 5B-6 4 ON NONE ON 4 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3-10 5B-6 ON NONE ON 2B-1-10 5B-4 -- 2B-3-9 5B-6 ON NONE ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 4 4 4 4 4 4 10 3 8 5B 2548 4 1 6 NONE 4 4 1 6 2B 7 ON ON 4 10 3 2B-1-10 5B 2B-3-9 5B-6 4 8 9 4 1 6 2B 5B 2547 10 -- 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 9 2B-1 5B-4 10 3 2B-1 5B 8 9 4 1 6 2B 5B 2546 10 4 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 9 ON 10 3 2B-1 5B 8 2544 10 3 5B 9 9 NONE NONE 4 1 6 2B 7 ON ON 10 3 2B-1 5B 8 9 4 1 6 2B 5B 2543 10 4 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 9 2B-3 5B-6 10 3 2B-1 5B 8 9 4 1 6 2B -- 10 3 5B 2542 10 2B-1 5B-4 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 9 4 10 3 2B-1 5B 2B 7 9 4 1 6 8 2541 10 3 5B 4 4 ON 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 9 NONE UP Position 10 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 8 3 7 ON 1 6 9 NONE Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4 1003 UP Position 5B Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position 4 1 6 2B 5B 8 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 47 4.2 4 4 4 Double-Pole 1004 ON 9 3 7 7 4 -- 8 ON 7 -- 2B-3-10 8 OFF ON 3 7 -- 2B-3-9 8 1568 OFF ON 10 3 5B 3 -- 2B-3 7 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3-10 5B-6 ON OFF ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 ON OFF ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 ON OFF ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3-9 5B-6 ON OFF ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3-10 5B-6 ON OFF ON 8 2B-1-10 5B-4 -- 2B-3-9 5B-6 ON OFF ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 10 4 1 6 2B 4 4 4 48 5B 9 2B-1 8 8 2568 4 1 6 2B ON 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 9 OFF 10 3 2B-1-10 5B 5B 9 4 1 6 2B 8 2567 10 ON 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 9 2B-3-9 5B-6 10 3 1567 5B 9 2B-1 5B 8 2566 4 1 6 2B -- 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF 2B-1 5B-4 10 2B-3-9 10 3 5B 2565 3 2B-1 5B 8 9 ON 7 ON ON 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF OFF 10 2B-3 8 1566 4 -- 4 1 6 2B 5B 2564 3 ON 7 4 ON 10 3 8 9 2B-1 9 4 OFF ON 4 1 6 2B 7 4 5B 9 4 2B-3 8 1565 4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 10 3 ON 1 6 5B 2563 10 2B 8 9 2B-1 5B 9 4 ON 4 1 6 2B 3 4 OFF -- 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 2B-1 5B-4 10 2B-3-10 10 3 4 -- 8 9 5B 2562 3 1563 4 ON ON 4 1 6 2B 9 2B-1 5B 1564 4 OFF 4 1 6 2B 7 4 2B-3-9 7 ON OFF 10 3 -- 10 3 8 2561 8 9 5B 9 2B-1 5B 1562 4 ON 4 1 6 2B 7 4 OFF ON 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 4 2B-3 10 UP Position 10 3 -- 8 9 4 2004 9 2B-1 5B 1561 4 ON Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4 1 6 2B 7 4 OFF UP Position 10 3 4 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4 4 NGR--New Generation Rocker Single-Pole 4 4 Rockers Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 5B 8 4.2 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Single-Pole Double-Pole Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 1005 MOM. ON 9 MOM. ON Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 2005 10 3 9 2B-1 5B -- 2B-3 MOM. ON 9 OFF MOM. ON 2B 7 9 4 -- 2B-3-9 8 1582 MOM. ON OFF MOM. ON 3 7 -- 2B-3-10 8 OFF MOM. ON 3 7 -- 2B-3 8 1584 9 OFF MOM. ON 2B 7 -- 2B-3 8 1585 9 OFF MOM. ON 2B 7 -- 2B-3-9 8 1586 OFF MOM. ON 3 7 -- 2B-3-10 8 1587 MOM. ON OFF MOM. ON 3 7 2B-3-9 8 1588 9 OFF MOM. ON 10 3 2B 5B 8 9 2B-1 -- 2B-3 7 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3-10 5B-6 MOM. ON OFF MOM. ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 MOM. ON OFF MOM. ON 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 4 MOM. ON OFF MOM. ON 4 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3-9 5B-6 4 MOM. ON OFF MOM. ON 4 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3-10 5B-6 MOM. ON OFF MOM. ON 2B-1-10 5B-4 -- 2B-3-9 5B-6 MOM. ON OFF MOM. ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 4 4 4 4 4 4 10 3 8 5B 2588 4 1 6 MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 7 MOM. ON OFF 4 10 3 -- MOM. ON 4 4 8 9 2B-1-10 5B 5B 2587 4 1 6 2B 2B-3-9 5B-6 4 1 6 2B 7 10 9 -- 10 3 2B-1 5B 8 9 4 1 6 2B 5B 2586 10 2B-1 5B-4 4 1 6 2B 7 MOM. ON 9 4 10 3 2B-1 5B 8 9 4 1 6 5B 2585 10 3 MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 7 MOM. ON OFF 10 3 2B-1 5B 8 9 4 1 6 5B 2584 10 3 MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 7 MOM. ON 4 10 3 2B-1 5B 8 9 4 1 6 2B 5B 2583 10 2B-3 5B-6 4 1 6 2B 7 MOM. ON 9 -- 10 3 1583 8 9 2B-1 5B 5B 2582 4 1 6 2B 2B-1 5B-4 4 1 6 2B 7 10 9 4 10 3 2B-1 5B 8 2581 10 1 6 5B 4 4 MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 7 8 OFF UP Position 10 3 1581 3 MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 7 7 OFF UP Position 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position 4 1 6 2B 5B 8 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 49 4.2 4 4 4 Double-Pole 1006 ON 9 3 7 7 4 -- 8 MOM. ON 7 -- 2B-3-10 8 OFF MOM. ON 3 7 -- 2B-3-9 8 1608 OFF MOM. ON 10 3 5B 3 -- 2B-3 7 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3-10 5B-6 ON OFF MOM. ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 ON OFF MOM. ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 ON OFF MOM. ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3-9 5B-6 ON OFF MOM. ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3-10 5B-6 ON OFF MOM. ON 8 2B-1-10 5B-4 -- 2B-3-9 5B-6 ON OFF MOM. ON 2B-1 5B-4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 10 4 1 6 2B 4 4 4 50 5B 9 2B-1 8 8 2608 4 1 6 2B MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 9 OFF 10 3 2B-1-10 5B 5B 9 4 1 6 2B 8 2607 10 ON 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 9 2B-3-9 5B-6 10 3 1607 5B 9 2B-1 5B 8 2606 4 1 6 2B -- 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF 2B-1 5B-4 10 2B-3-9 10 3 5B 2605 3 2B-1 5B 8 9 ON 7 MOM. ON MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 7 OFF OFF 10 2B-3 8 1606 4 -- 4 1 6 2B 5B 2604 3 ON 7 4 MOM. ON 10 3 8 9 2B-1 9 4 OFF ON 4 1 6 2B 7 4 5B 9 4 2B-3 8 1605 4 -- 2B-3 5B-6 10 3 ON 1 6 5B 2603 10 2B 8 9 2B-1 5B 9 4 MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 3 4 OFF -- 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 2B-1 5B-4 10 2B-3-10 10 3 4 -- 8 9 5B 2602 3 1603 4 MOM. ON MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 9 2B-1 5B 1604 4 OFF 4 1 6 2B 7 4 2B-3-9 7 ON OFF 10 3 -- 10 3 8 2601 8 9 5B 9 2B-1 5B 1602 4 MOM. ON 4 1 6 2B 7 4 OFF ON 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 4 2B-3 10 UP Position 10 3 -- 8 9 4 2006 9 2B-1 5B 1601 4 MOM. ON Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4 1 6 2B 7 4 OFF UP Position 10 3 4 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4 4 NGR--New Generation Rocker Single-Pole 4 4 Rockers Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 5B 8 4.2 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Single-Pole Double-Pole Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 3003 OFF 3 2B 1 6 5A 2B 1 6 5B 5A 7 2B 5B 5A ON ON 2A-2B 2B-3-10 7 8 ON ON 1 6 5A 2A-2B 2B-3 7 8 3544 OFF ON ON 3 2B 1 6 5A 2A-2B 2B-3 8 3545 7 OFF ON ON 3 2B 1 6 2A-1 5B 5A 2A-2B 2B-3-9 8 3546 7 OFF ON ON 3 2B 1 6 5B 5A 2B-3-10 7 8 3547 OFF 9 2A-2B ON ON 3 2B 1 6 5A 2A-2B 2B-3-9 7 8 3548 OFF ON ON 10 9 3 2B 1 6 2A-2B 2B-3 7 ON ON 4 2A-1 5A-4 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3-9 5B-6 OFF ON ON 2A-1 5A-4 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3-10 5B-6 OFF ON ON 2A-1 5A-4 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3 5B-6 OFF ON ON 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 6 2A 4 5B 4 5A 8 2A-1 5A-4 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3 5B-6 4 OFF ON ON 4 2A-1 5A-4 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3-9 5B-6 4 OFF ON ON 4 2A-1 5A-4 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3-10 5B-6 OFF ON ON 2A-1-10 5A-4 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3-9 5B-6 OFF ON ON 2A-1 5A-4 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3 5B-6 10 2B 1 6 2A 5B 4 4 5A 8 10 2B 1 6 2A 5B 4 4 5A 8 4 4 10 2B 1 6 2A 5B 4 5A 8 4 4 4 10 3 8 8 9 2A-1 5A 5A 3568 4 2A 5B 2B 3 2A-1-10 5B 5B 9 4 2A 1 6 2A 3567 10 OFF 10 3 2A-1 4 4 9 4 2A 8 3566 10 9 2B 3 2A 5B 9 4 2B-3 5B-6 4 5A 3565 10 9 2A-2B 5A-5B 10 3 2A-1 5B 1 6 2A 9 4 2A 8 3564 10 9 5B 9 2A-1 5B 2B 3 2A 2A-1 5A-4 4 5A 3563 4 4 10 3 OFF 2B 2B 1 6 2A 3562 10 3 8 9 2A-1 9 7 2B-3-9 4 3543 7 2A-2B 8 OFF 1 6 5B 5A 10 3 2A 2A 4 4 ON 4 3561 10 3 2B 1 6 9 2A-1 9 7 ON 4 2A 3542 7 ON 10 3 7 2B-3 7 OFF 7 2A-2B 8 ON UP Position 10 9 2A-1 5B OFF 3 2A 9 7 3004 4 3541 7 ON Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 10 9 7 ON UP Position 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position 2B 1 6 2A 5B 4 5A 8 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 51 4.2 4 4 4 Double-Pole 5001 ON 9 3 7 7 4 -- 8 OFF 7 -- -- 8 NONE OFF 3 7 -- -- 8 5508 NONE OFF 10 3 5B 3 -- -- 7 2B-1-10 5B-4 -- -- ON NONE OFF 2B-1 5B-4 -- -- ON NONE OFF 2B-1 5B-4 -- -- ON NONE OFF 2B-1-9 5B-4 -- -- ON NONE OFF 2B-1-10 5B-4 -- -- ON NONE OFF 8 2B-1-9-10 5B-4 -- -- ON NONE OFF 2B-1 5B-4 -- -- 10 4 1 6 2B 4 4 4 52 5B 9 2B-1 8 8 5518 4 1 6 2B OFF 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 9 NONE 10 3 2B-1-9-10 5B 5B 9 4 1 6 2B 8 5517 10 ON 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 9 -- 10 3 5507 5B 9 2B-1-10 5B 8 5516 4 1 6 2B -- 4 1 6 2B 7 NONE 2B-1-9 5B-4 10 -- 10 3 5B 5515 3 2B-1-9 5B 8 9 ON 7 OFF OFF 4 1 6 2B 7 NONE NONE 10 -- 8 5506 4 -- 4 1 6 2B 5B 5514 3 ON 7 4 OFF 10 3 8 9 2B-1 9 4 NONE ON 4 1 6 2B 7 4 5B 9 4 -- 8 5505 4 -- -- 10 3 ON 1 6 5B 5513 10 2B 8 9 2B-1 5B 9 4 OFF 4 1 6 2B 3 4 NONE -- 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 2B-1 5B-4 10 -- 10 3 4 -- 8 9 5B 5512 3 5503 4 OFF OFF 4 1 6 2B 9 2B-1-10 5B 5504 4 NONE 4 1 6 2B 7 4 -- 7 ON NONE 10 3 -- 10 3 8 5511 8 9 5B 9 2B-1-9 5B 5502 4 OFF 4 1 6 2B 7 4 NONE ON 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 4 -- 10 UP Position 10 3 -- 8 9 4 5510 9 2B-1 5B 5501 4 OFF Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4 1 6 2B 7 4 NONE UP Position 10 3 4 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4 4 NGR--New Generation Rocker Single-Pole 4 4 Rockers Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 5B 8 4.2 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Single-Pole Single-Pole Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 5002 MOM. ON OFF Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 5003 3 2B-1 5B -- -- 7 8 5521 MOM. ON 9 NONE OFF 3 2B 7 -- -- 7 8 5522 MOM. ON 9 NONE OFF 2B 7 5B -- -- 7 8 5523 MOM. ON 9 NONE OFF 7 -- -- 7 8 5524 MOM. ON 9 NONE OFF -- -- 7 8 5525 MOM. ON 9 NONE OFF 2B 7 -- -- 7 8 5526 MOM. ON 9 NONE OFF 3 2B 7 -- -- 7 8 5528 MOM. ON 9 NONE OFF 5B -- -- 7 8 2B-3-9 ON ON OFF 2A-1 2A-2B 2B-3-10 4 4 4 4 8 1 6 2A 5B 5A 4 ON ON OFF 2A-1 2A-2B 2B-3 ON ON OFF 4 4 8 2B 1 6 4 4 4 2A 5B 5A 2A-1 2A-2B 2B-3 ON ON OFF 2A-1 2A-2B 2B-3-9 ON ON OFF 2A-1 2A-2B 2B-3-10 4 8 4 10 2B 1 6 2A 5B 4 4 5A 4 8 4 10 2B 1 6 4 4 2A 5B 5A 4 8 ON ON OFF 2A-1-10 2A-2B 2B-3-9 ON ON OFF 2A-1 2A-2B 2B-3 4 10 2B 1 6 4 2A 5B 5A 9 4 8 5548 4 4 10 3 7 2A-2B 10 3 2B-1 2A-1 4 4 9 4 1 6 2B 5A 5547 10 3 2B 3 2B-1-10 5B 5B 9 4 1 6 OFF 4 5546 10 ON 10 3 2B-1-9 5B 1 6 2A 9 4 1 6 ON 4 8 5545 10 3 2B 3 2B-1 5B 2B 7 5A 9 4 1 6 5B 5544 10 3 2B-3 10 3 2B-1 5B 2A-2B 4 9 4 1 6 2B 1 6 5543 10 3 2B 3 2B-1-10 2A-1 8 2A 9 4 1 6 5A 5542 10 3 5B 4 10 3 2B-1-9 5B 2A 4 4 OFF 4 9 4 1 6 2B 1 6 5541 10 ON UP Position 10 3 4 1 6 2B 7 ON 9 10 9 7 NONE UP Position 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position 2B 1 6 4 2A 5B 5A 4 8 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 53 4.2 4 4 4 Double-Pole 3001 ON 9 ON 8 ON 9 8 ON 3 7 8 ON 7 4 8 2B-3 5B-6 ON 5B-4-2B-3 3 ON ON 7 5B-4-2B-3-9 8 ON 9 ON ON 5B 1 6 2B 5B-4-2B-3 2B-3 5B-6 7 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3-10 5B-4 2B-3-10 5B-6 OFF 1 - ON 2 - ON 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3 5B-4 2B-3 5B-6 OFF 1 - ON 2 - ON 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3 5B-4 2B-3 5B-6 OFF 1 - ON 2 - ON 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3-9 5B-4 2B-3-9 5B-6 OFF 1 - ON 2 - ON 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3-10 5B-4 2B-3-10 5B-6 OFF 1 - ON 2 - ON 8 2B-1-10 5B-4 2B-3-9 5B-4 2B-3-9 5B-6 OFF 1 - ON 2 - ON 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3 5B-4 2B-3 5B-6 10 4 1 6 2B 4 4 4 54 2 - ON 4 5B 3528 3 8 8 9 5B-4-2B-1 1 - ON 10 7 4 1 6 2B OFF 4 5B 3527 2B-3-9 5B-6 10 3 1 6 2B 3 3508 8 9 5B-4-2B-1 5B 2B-3-9 5B-6 10 7 4 1 6 2B 5B 3526 10 2B-3-9 5B-4 4 1 6 2B 7 2B-3 5B-6 2B-1 5B-4 10 3 ON 7 ON 8 9 8 9 5B-4-2B-1 5B 5B 3525 4 1 6 2B 3507 4 5B-4-2B-3 2 - ON 4 1 6 2B 3 ON 7 4 ON 1 - ON 10 7 10 3 8 9 5B-4-2B-1 5B 3506 4 ON 2B-3 5B-6 4 1 6 2B 5B 3524 3 5B-4-2B-3 8 9 4 ON OFF 4 1 6 2B 7 10 3 8 9 5B-4-2B-1 5B 9 4 ON 2B-3 5B-6 4 1 6 3505 4 5B-4-2B-3 2B-3 5B-6 10 3 ON 2B 5B 3523 10 3 4 ON 2B-3 5B-4 4 1 6 2B 9 5B-4-2B-1 5B 9 4 ON 2B-1 5B-4 10 7 4 1 6 2B 7 4 5B-4-2B-3-10 2B-3-10 5B-6 10 9 8 3522 3 3503 5B 9 5B-4-2B-1 5B 3504 4 ON 2 - ON 4 1 6 2B 7 4 1 6 2B 7 4 ON 2B-3-9 5B-6 10 3 4 5B-4-2B-3-9 1 - ON 10 3 3502 8 9 5B-4-2B-1 5B 5B 3521 4 1 6 2B 7 4 ON OFF 4 1 6 2B 7 10 3 4 ON 2B-3 5B-6 UP Position 10 3 5B-4-2B-3 8 9 4 3002 9 5B-4-2B-1 5B 3501 4 ON Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4 1 6 2B 7 4 ON UP Position 10 3 4 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4 4 NGR--New Generation Rocker Double-Pole 4 4 Rockers Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 5B 8 4.2 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Double-Pole Double-Pole Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 3005 MOM. ON 9 MOM. ON Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4001 9 10 2B 7 5B 8 9 2B-1 5B-4 2B-1 5B-6 2B-3 5B-6 MOM. ON ON MOM. ON 5B 2B 7 3582 9 2B-1 5B-4 2B-1 5B-6 2B-3-9 5B-6 MOM. ON ON MOM. ON 5B 7 3583 2B-1 5B-6 2B-3-10 5B-6 MOM. ON ON MOM. ON 2B 7 5B 3584 9 2B-1 5B-6 2B-3 5B-6 MOM. ON ON MOM. ON 2B 7 5B 3585 9 2B-1 5B-6 2B-3 5B-6 MOM. ON ON MOM. ON 5B 2B 7 3586 9 2B-1 5B-6 2B-3-9 5B-6 MOM. ON ON MOM. ON 5B 7 3587 9 2B-1 5B-6 2B-3-10 5B-6 MOM. ON ON MOM. ON 5B 7 3588 9 2B-1-10 5B-6 2B-3-9 5B-6 MOM. ON ON MOM. ON 10 2B 5B 5B 2B-1 5B-6 2B-3 5B-6 MOM. ON 2B-1 5B-4 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3-10 5B-6 NONE ON MOM. ON 2B-1 5B-4 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3 5B-6 NONE ON MOM. ON 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2B-1 5B-4 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3 5B-6 4 NONE ON MOM. ON 4 2B-1 5B-4 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3-9 5B-6 4 NONE ON MOM. ON 4 2B-1 5B-4 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3-10 5B-6 NONE ON MOM. ON 2B-1-10 5B-4 2B-1-10 5B-4 2B-3-9 5B-6 NONE ON MOM. ON 2B-1 5B-4 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3 5B-6 4 4 4 4 1 6 2B 5B 8 4508 7 ON 4 4 8 9 2B-1 5B-4 NONE 4 10 4 4 4 10 4 1 6 3 8 2B-3-9 5B-6 4 1 6 2B 7 4 1 6 3 8 9 2B-1-10 5B-4 2B-1 5B-4 10 3 8 5B 4507 4 1 6 2B 2B 7 10 3 8 9 2B-1 5B-4 2B-1 5B-4 4 1 6 3 8 5B 4506 4 1 6 2B 4 10 7 10 3 2B 9 2B-1 5B-4 MOM. ON 4 1 6 3 8 8 4505 10 ON 10 7 4 1 6 3 5B 9 2B-1 5B-4 NONE 4 1 6 2B 3 8 8 4504 10 4 10 7 4 1 6 3 5B 9 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3 5B-6 4 1 6 3 8 8 4503 4 1 6 3 5B 2B 7 10 2B-1 5B-4 10 3 8 9 2B 9 2B-1 5B-4 2B-1 5B-4 4 1 6 4502 4 1 6 2B 4 10 7 10 3 8 9 3 8 5B 4501 4 1 6 2B 4 4 MOM. ON 10 7 10 ON UP Position 4 1 6 3 3581 3 NONE 4 1 6 3 7 ON UP Position 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position 2B 5B 8 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 55 4.2 4 4 4 NGR--New Generation Rocker Double-Pole Double-Pole 5004 ON 3 7 7 2B 1 6 2A 5B 2B 1 6 2A 5B 8 2B 1 6 2A 5B 8 2B 1 6 2A OFF 5B 2B 1 6 2A 5B 2A-1 5A-4 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3-10 5B-6 ON ON OFF 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3 5B-6 ON ON OFF 1 6 2A 5B 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3 5B-6 ON ON OFF 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3-9 5B-6 ON ON OFF 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3-10 5B-6 ON ON OFF 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B-3-9 5B-6 ON ON OFF 2B 1 6 5B 5B 2A-2B 5A-5B 2B 7 5B 8 5586 5B 8 4 OFF 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3-10 5B-4 2B-3-10 5B-6 2 - ON 1 - ON OFF 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3 5B-4 2B-3 5B-6 2 - ON 1 - ON OFF 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3 5B-4 2B-3 5B-6 2 - ON 1 - ON OFF 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3-9 5B-4 2B-3-9 5B-6 2 - ON 1 - ON OFF 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3-10 5B-4 2B-3-10 5B-6 2 - ON 1 - ON OFF 2B 7 2B-1-10 5B-4 2B-3-9 5B-4 2B-3-9 5B-6 2 - ON 1 - ON OFF 2B-1 5B-4 2B-3 5B-4 2B-3-9 5B-6 ON NONE ON 4 1 6 5B 8 5588 10 5B 2B 7 4 1 6 6 4 5A 5B 7 3 1 2A 2B 4 56 1 - ON 10 8 6001 4 2 - ON 4 1 6 2B 5587 9 2B-3-9 5B-6 10 7 2B-3 5B-6 2B-3-9 5B-4 4 1 6 9 2A-1 5A-4 2B-1 5B-4 10 3 8 8 5585 4 5A OFF 4 1 6 2B 3 8 8 9 2A-1-10 5A-4 1 - ON 10 7 10 2A 5B 5584 4 5A 5568 3 2B 7 9 2A-1 5A-4 2 - ON 4 1 6 9 2A-1 5A-4 2B-3 5B-6 10 3 8 8 5583 4 5A 9 5B 2B 7 9 2A-1 5A-4 2B-3 5B-4 4 1 6 9 2A-1 5A-4 2B-1 5B-4 10 3 8 8 9 10 2B 5B 5582 10 3 4 ON 7 4 5A 9 7 ON OFF 4 1 6 2B 3 5567 4 2B-3-9 5B-6 10 3 7 2A-2B 5A-5B 4 5A 9 4 2A-1 5A-4 1 - ON 10 3 5566 4 9 4 5A 8 5581 10 3 7 OFF 5B 3 8 9 4 ON 4 5A 5565 4 ON 2 - ON 4 1 6 2B 7 10 3 7 2B-3 5B-6 UP Position 10 3 8 9 4 2A-2B 5A-5B 4 5A 5564 7 2A-1 5A-4 10 3 4 4 5B 9 4 4 1 6 2A 5563 4 4 2B 3 4 4 8 9 7 4 5B 9 3 5562 4 5005 10 3 7 OFF Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4 5A 9 4 4 2B 1 6 2A 5561 4 ON UP Position 10 9 4 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position Schematic Circuit No. (Shown in UP Position) 4 4 Rockers Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 10 8 2A-2B-5A-5B- -- 10-1-4-3 3-6-1 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker 4.2 Dimensions 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Switch Base with Rocker Button 1.734 0.005 (44.04 0.13) Terminals 7 and 9 Panel Opening Panel Thickness: 0.039 to 0.157 in (1.00 to 4.00) mm (Best results obtained between 0.059 and 0.118 in [1.50 and 3.00 mm]) 0.867 0.005 (22.02 0.13) 4 4 4 4 ROAD LAMP 1.970 0.010 (50.04 0.25) Terminals 8 and 10 LEGEND AREA "B" LEGEND AREA "A" 1.024 0.010 (26.01 0.25) 0.500 Max. (12.70 Max.) Decorative Rocker 4 4 Orientation Examples of "Standard" Orientation of Icons 4 4 0.320 Max. (8.13 Max.) 4 0.500 Max. (12.70 Max.) 4 LEGEND AREA "B" SIL Rocker (Snap-In Lens) LEGEND AREA "A" 1.970 0.010 (50.04 0.25) 4 4 0.320 Max. (8.13 Max.) On Indicator "A" 0.100 0.005 (2.54 0.13) 4 1.024 .010 (26.01 0.25) On Indicator "B" 0.500 0.010 (12.70 0.25) A B C 4 0.345 0.010 (8.76 0.25) 4 4 0.054 0.005 (1.37 0.13) 4 1.800 Max. (45.42 Max.) 4 4 0.408 0.010 (10.36 0.25) 0.462 0.005 (11.73 0.13) 0.0305/0.032 (0.775/0.813) 0.523 0.005 (13.28 0.13) 0.144 0.005 (3.66 0.13) 7 4 5A 5B 6 4 8 5B 4 8 7 5A 2A 2B 10 2B 2A 1 4 3 1 0.667 0.005 (16.94 0.13) 4 0.855 0.010 (21.72 0.25) 6 4 9 4 USA 9 0.250 0.005 (6.35 0.13) 4 3 10 4 0.257 0.005 (6.53 0.13) 4 0.401 0.005 (10.19 0.13) 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 57 4.2 4 Rockers NGR--New Generation Rocker Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Locking Rocker Sealed Rocker 4 1.970 0.010 (50.04 0.25) 1.970 0.010 (50.04 0.25) 4 4 0.500 0.005 Max. (12.70 0.13 Max.) 0.245 0.005 (6.22 0.13) A B C 0.345 0.010 (8.76 0.25) 4 0.100 0.005 (2.54 0.13) 4 0.420 0.005 (10.67 0.13) 0.060 0.010 (1.52 0.25) Panel Seal 1.450 0.040 (36.83 1.02) 1.800 Max. (45.42 Max.) 4 0.408 0.010 (10.36 0.25) 0.408 0.010 (10.36 0.25) 4 0.345 0.010 (8.76 0.25) B C A 4 1.024 0.010 (26.01 0.25) 0.320 Max. (8.13 Max.) 0.320 0.005 Max. (8.13 0.13 Max.) 4 4 0.500 Max. (12.70 Max.) LEGEND AREA "B" 1.024 0.010 (26.0 0.25) LEGEND AREA "A" 4 LEGEND AREA "B" 4 4 4 Indicator 4 Label Rocker Surface Length Along Bottom 1.970 0.010 (50.04 0.25) 1.128 0.010 (28.65 0.25) LEGEND AREA "B" 0.500 Max. (12.70 Max.) 4 LEGEND AREA "A" 4 1.024 0.010 (26.01 0.25) 4 0.320 Max. (8.13 Max.) 4 0.580 0.008 (14.73 0.020) 0.470 0.010 (11.94 0.25) R0.060 0.005 (R1.52 0.13) 0.095 0.005 (2.42 0.13) 0.020 0.005 (5.08 0.13) 4 4 12 1 0.100 0.005 (2.54 0.13) 4 4 0.375 0.010 (9.53 0.25) Rotated 12 CCW Graphics Window 1.800 Max. (45.42 Max.) 4 Note: Graphics window may be on both ends or either end of part. Dimensions shown are typical. 0.408 0.010 (10.36 0.25) 4 0.0305/0.032 (0.775/0.813) 4 4 4 4 58 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Rockers SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker 4.3 Contents SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker Description Page NGR--New Generation Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker Above Panel Rocker Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Below Panel Rocker Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Symbols Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Dual Motion Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 8006/8007--EURO SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 8004/8005--Euro Full Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 8064/8065--ESPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Product Description The Sealed Vehicle Rocker (SVR) switch from Eaton's electrical business now offers an above panel actuator style in addition to the below panel and paddle actuators. Designed to meet the severe environmental requirements of the construction and agricultural vehicle markets, the SVR is sealed at the front and back of the switch and meets the rigorous sealing requirements of IP68. The small switch footprint minimizes the space taken on switch panels. SVR switches are assembled into panels by pressing the switch through the top of the panel and are held in place by retention tabs molded into the body of the switch; mounting hardware or special tools are not necessary. 4 Features The SVR is offered in singleand double-pole switch circuits, with 2- and 3-position momentary and maintained circuits available. Switch and illumination circuits are terminated with 0.11 in (2.8 mm) tin-plated copper alloy spade terminals. The SVR connector can be loaded with the appropriate terminals and/or wire seals to accomplish sealing at the back end of the switch. You can order assembled switches or the switch base and actuator separately. Actuator Styles Use the final code in the switch base catalog number, Pages 61 and 62, to denote assembly instructions. Actuator The SVR switch family includes three styles of actuators: above panel, below panel and paddle. Switch performance and specifications are the same for all actuator styles. Black is standard, but other colors are also available. Matte finish is standard on all actuator styles, matching the finish on the bezels and all other visible SVR switch features and accessories. Above panel rocker button offers new styling and a larger surface area. Eaton can offer assistance with unique designs of above panel actuators for applications where differentiation is desired. Below panel rocker button is the same two-faced European styling that has been offered for SVR since its initial release. Indicator style matches the below panel rocker button style. Paddle actuator allows toggle-type actuation of the SVR switch. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Standards and Certifications 4 Approvable under stringent UL(R) and CSA(R) standards For information, contact your local Eaton Sales Representative RoHS Compliant 4 4 4 4 4 Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 59 4.3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Snap-in Lenses Long life LEDs provide backlighting illumination for the SVR switch. Backlighting can be either independent of or dependent on the switch circuits, or a combination of both. Standard LED color is amber, with red, green and blue also available. LED protection circuitry is available to protect the LED from overvoltage and reverse voltage conditions. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative for more specific information about standard and custom circuit options. Backlighting 4 4 4 4 SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker Illumination 4 4 Rockers 4 4 4 4 4 Each switch can accommodate up to two LEDs that can be connected to be either circuit dependent or independent Standard LED color is amber, with red, green and blue also available. Long life (100,000 hours) LEDs are standard Standard LED voltages are 12 and 24 Vdc The below panel rocker button style includes a single-piece back-lit actuator with laser-etched icons in either daylight white or deadfront styles. Without illumination, the icon is either daylight white or deadfront, but will change to the color of the chosen light source when illuminated Above and below panel rocker buttons are available with or without one or two translucent lenses. Five standard lens colors are available: white, red, green, blue and amber Icons Icon areas are provided on each end of the rocker button. Icons may be illuminated or nonilluminated and are padprinted in a contrasting color either directly on the rocker button or the lens Mounting Means Snap-in mounting using four flexible plastic retainers integral with switch frame. Circuits The SVR switch is capable of single- or double-pole configurations with two- or three-position maintained, momentary or a combination of actuations. The addition of jumpers between switch terminals expands the circuit possibilities. Standard Circuit Options ON-NONE-ON ON-OFF-ON ON*-OFF-ON* ON*-OFF-ON ON-ON-ON ON*-NONE-ON ON*-ON-ON* ON*-ON-ON Note: * = Momentary. See Electrical Circuit Diagrams on Page 64. Sealing SVR design includes a sealed contact chamber with dust and water resistance to IP68. The harness connection can also be sealed by using AMP wire seals Catalog Numbers 828905-1 (14-16 gauge) or 828904-1 (18-20 gauge) to seal the wires to the connector. For an application where a connector cavity is not being used, it can be sealed with AMP sealing plug Catalog Number 828922-1. The above panel version may also be sealed to the panel using panel seal Catalog Number 32-2245. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative for more specific information about SVR standard and custom circuit options. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 60 Options Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Additional colors of actuators, mounting bezels and lenses Special circuits Special ratings Pad printing on the below panel switch bezel Low current capabilities Custom back-lit icons Gang-mount system including end bezel Catalog Number 17-22146 and center bezel 17-22152 Palm Guard (below panel switch only) at either or both ends of the switch frame Indicators with insertable lenses Polarized lock-on connector Catalog Number 25-13936 Panel plug with connector retention feature Catalog Number 17-22145 Non-illuminated below panel paddle actuator Note: Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative for additional information on options. Rockers SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker 4.3 Above Panel Rocker Switch 4 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection 4 How To Order--Above Panel Rocker Switch 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate switch series and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Example: 4 S AC M 2X D G AT R AC X X Switch Series S = SVR Switch Circuits/Illumination Circuits 2nd Digit (Illumination) 1st Digit (Circuit) Single-Pole Illumination A = None C = Top/left (D) A = ON-NONE-ON D = Bottom/right (D) C = ON-NONE-ON E = Top/left (I) D = ON-OFF-ON F = Bottom/right (I) E = ON-OFF-ON G = Top/left (D)/bottom/right (I) F = ON*-OFF-ON* H = Top/left (I)/bottom/right (D) G = ON*-OFF-ON* J = Top/left (D)/bottom/right (D) H = ON*-OFF-ON K = Top/left (I)/bottom/right (I) J = ON*-OFF-ON Double-Pole Illumination K = ON-ON-ON R = None L = ON-ON-ON S = Top/left (D) M = ON*-NONE-ON T = Bottom/right (D) P = ON*-NONE-ON U = Top/left (I) R = ON*-ON-ON* V = Bottom/right (I) S = ON*-ON-ON* W = Top/left (D)/bottom/right (I) T = ON*-ON-ON Y = Top/left (I)/bottom/right (D) U = ON*-ON-ON 3 = Top/left (D)/bottom/right (D) 4 = Top/left (I)/bottom/right (I) KEY: * = Momentary, (I) = Independent, (D) = Dependent. Frame M = Standard LED (Top/left) 1st Digit X = None 14 V Standard J = Red K = Green L = Amber (standard) M = Blue 14 V Over/Reverse Voltage Protection 1 = Red 2 = Green 3 = Amber (standard) 7 = Blue 28 V Standard E = Red F = Green G = Amber (standard) H = Blue 28 V Over/Reverse Voltage Protection 4 = Red 5 = Green 6 = Amber (standard) 8 = Blue LED (Bottom/Right 2nd Digit X = None Same codes available as 1st digit. LED Wavelengths: Red = ~630 Nm Amber = ~592 Nm Green = ~526 Nm Blue = ~472 Nm C= D= E= F= Actuator Style No lens Top/left lens only Bottom/right lens only Top/left and Bottom/right lenses Lens Color (Top/left) X = None R = Red G = Green B = Blue A = Amber W = White 4 Special Feature X = None For Eaton use only. Special Feature X = None For Eaton use only. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Icon (Top/left) AT = Work light See Symbols Library on Pages 102-106 and 115-120. 4 4 4 Lens Color (Bottom/Right) X = None R = Red G = Green B = Blue A = Amber W = White 4 4 4 Icon (Bottom/Right) AC = Fast See Symbols Library on Pages 102-106 and 115-120. 4 4 4 4 Notes Gold plated. Double-pole only. See Electrical Circuit Diagrams on Page 64 and Illumination Circuit Diagrams on Page 65. 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 61 4.3 Rockers SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker Below Panel Rocker Switch 4 4 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection 4 How To Order--Below Panel Rocker Switch 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate switch series and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Example: 4 S AC S 2X 3 G AT R AC X X Switch Series 4 S= T= B= F= S = SVR 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Switch Circuits/Illumination Circuits 2nd Digit (Illumination) 1st Digit (Circuit) Single-Pole Illumination A = None C = Top/left (D) A = ON-NONE-ON D = Bottom/right (D) C = ON-NONE-ON E = Top/left (I) D = ON-OFF-ON F = Bottom/right (I) E = ON-OFF-ON G = Top/left (D)/bottom/right (I) F = ON*-OFF-ON* H = Top/left (I)/bottom/right (D) G = ON*-OFF-ON* J = Top/left (D)/bottom/right (D) H = ON*-OFF-ON K = Top/left (I)/bottom/right (I) J = ON*-OFF-ON Double-Pole Illumination K = ON-ON-ON R = None L = ON-ON-ON S = Top/left (D) M = ON*-NONE-ON T = Bottom/right (D) P = ON*-NONE-ON U = Top/left (I) R = ON*-ON-ON* V = Bottom/right (I) S = ON*-ON-ON* W = Top/left (D)/bottom/right (I) T = ON*-ON-ON Y = Top/left (I)/bottom/right (D) U = ON*-ON-ON 3 = Top/left (D)/bottom/right (D) 4 = Top/left (I)/bottom/right (I) 1st and 2nd Digit Indicators NE = 7-9 Illumination NF = 8-10 Illumination NK = Dual Illumination N9 = Dual Illumination with 8-9 jumper KEY: * = Momentary, (I) = Independent, (D) = Dependent. Frame Standard--Below panel Palm Guard--Top/left Palm Guard--Bottom/right Palm Guard--Full LED (Top/left) 1st Digit X = None 14 V Standard J = Red K = Green L = Amber (standard) M = Blue 14 V Over/Reverse Voltage Protection 1 = Red 2 = Green 3 = Amber (standard) 7 = Blue 28 V Standard E = Red F = Green G = Amber (standard) H = Blue 28 V Over/Reverse Voltage Protection 4 = Red 5 = Green 6 = Amber (standard) 8 = Blue LED (Bottom/Right 2nd Digit X = None Same codes available as 1st digit. 4 LED Wavelengths: Red = ~630 Nm Amber = ~592 Nm Green = ~526 Nm Blue = ~472 Nm 4 4 4 4 Lens Color (Top/left) X = None R = Red G = Green B = Blue A = Amber W = White Decorative Icon Color 1 = Daylight white 2 = Deadfront Icon (Top/left) AT = Work light See Symbols Library on Pages 102-106 and 115-120. Lens Color (Bottom/Right) X = None R = Red G = Green B = Blue A = Amber W = White Decorative Icon Color 1 = Daylight white 2 = Deadfront Icon (Bottom/Right) AC = Fast See Symbols Library on Pages 102-106 and 115-120. 4 4 Actuator Style 1 = No lens 2 = Top/left lens only 3 = Bottom/right lens only 4 = Top/left and bottom/right lenses 5 = Paddle--No lens 6 = Indicator--Top/left lens 7 = Indicator--Bottom/right lens 8 = Indicator--Top/left and Bottom/right lens 9 = Indicator--No lens 1 = Decorative rocker Notes Gold plated. Double-pole only. See Electrical Circuit Diagrams on Page 64 and Illumination Circuit Diagrams on Page 65. 62 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Special Feature X = None For Eaton use only. Special Feature X = None For Eaton use only. Rockers SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker 4.3 Technical Data and Specifications 4 SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker 4 Item Specifications Ratings 12A at either 12 or 24 Vdc, can be approved under stringent UL and CSA standards 4 Electrical Life Standard plating 50,000 operations at 12 amperes at either 12 or 24 Vdc. Life cycle testing conducted using both inductive and resistive loads Gold plating 250,000 (maintained circuits) / 50,000 (momentary circuits) operations at 10 mA at either 12 or 24 Vdc 4 4 4 Mechanical Life Maintained circuits 250,000 operations minimum Momentary circuits 50,000 operations minimum 4 Circuits Single- or double-pole, two- or three-position, with momentary and maintained capabilities 4 Dielectric Strength 1500 volts rms minimum Operate Force 1-3 lbs (4.4-13.2 Nm) depending on circuit configuration and actuator style 4 4 Temperature Operating range -40F to +185F (-40C to +85C) Storage range -40F to +185F (-40C to +85C) 4 Copper alloy with silver alloy contact surface 4 Contact Material Movable Stationary Silver-plated copper alloy with silver alloy contact surface Gold-plated Contacts are available for low level electrical loads Terminal Type 4 4 Standard 0.11 in (2.8 mm) tin-plated copper alloy spade terminal Mates to AMP Junior Power Timer Terminals Catalog Numbers 927766-3 (14-16 gauge) Catalog Numbers 927770-3 (18-20 gauge) 4 Plastic Component UL(R) Ratings 4 Base material UL 94 V-O Frame material UL 94 H-B IP rating IP68 Sub-actuator material UL 94 V-O Actuator material UL 94 V-0 (above panel rocker button) UL 94 H-B (below panel rocker button and paddle actuator) 4 4 Mounting Hole Standard panel cutout of 1.45 x 0.83 in (36.8 x 21.1 mm) Panel Thickness 0.04 to 0.16 in (1.0 to 4.0 mm) Best results obtained between 0.06 and 0.12 in (1.5 and 3.0 mm) 4 4 4 Note See also Sealing, Page 60, for additional AMP components to seal the connector interface. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 63 4.3 4 4 Switch Circuit Schematics Code A C (Gold) 4 4 4 2 4 2-3 4 9 7 2 ON -- Code A C (Gold) 1 6 2-3 4 OFF ON -- 9 5 MOM. ON OFF MOM. ON 2-3 4 -- 9 2 F G (Gold) 1 6 4 5 OFF ON 2-3 -- 5 H J (Gold) 7 2 MOM. ON NONE ON 3 M P (Gold) 4 4 6 4 5 2-3 -- 2 5 R S (Gold) R S (Gold) 2 9 MOM. ON ON 5 8 ON 3 2-3 6 4 10 2-1 T U (Gold) 10 2-3 5-6 -- -- 2-1 5-4 9 MOM. ON OFF ON 10 2-3 5-6 -- -- 2-1 5-4 9 ON ON ON 2-3 5-6 5-4-2-3 5-4-2-1 10 9 MOM. ON NONE ON 2-3 5-6 -- -- 2-1 5-4 9 MOM. ON ON MOM. ON 2-3 5-6 5-4-2-3 5-4-2-1 10 9 MOM. ON ON ON 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 2-1 5-4 4 7 2 3 1 6 2-1 5 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 64 MOM. ON 1 6 1 4 OFF 3 8 2 MOM. ON 4 7 5 7 9 10 Double-pole only T U (Gold) 2-1 5-4 3 8 4 4 -- -- 1 6 2-1 10 8 2-3 5-6 4 7 1 4 10 1 6 5 9 ON 3 8 2 OFF 4 8 K L (Gold) 7 ON 1 6 Double-pole only M P (Gold) 9 3 2 5 4 4 2-1 5-4 4 7 2-1 K L (Gold) -- -- 1 6 10 8 2-3 5-6 3 2 8 MOM. ON 10 4 7 2-1 3 ON 1 6 5 10 7 NONE 3 2 8 3 1 6 ON 4 7 2-1 BOTTOM/ RIGHT Actuated 9 1 6 D E (Gold) CENTER 3 2 5 10 2 7 8 ON TOP/ LEFT Actuated Double-Pole Schematic (Shown in Top/left Actuated Position) 2-1 3 7 4 4 1 6 8 H J (Gold) NONE BOTTOM/ RIGHT Actuated 3 8 F G (Gold) ON CENTER 10 5 4 4 9 7 8 D E (Gold) TOP/ LEFT Actuated Single-Pole Schematic (Shown in Top/left Actuated Position) 5 4 4 SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker Circuit Diagrams 4 4 Rockers Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 10 4.3 Rockers SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker Illumination Schematics Dimensions SinglePole Code DoublePole Code Above Panel Rocker Schematic Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A R None Above Panel Rocker Switch with Actuator C S D E F G T U V W 4 9 3 7 + 8 10 7 + 9 Y 4 0.945 0.010 (24.00 0.25) 0.400 0.010 (10.16 0.25) 8 10 + 7 + 9 8 10 7 + 9 8 10 + 7 + 9 3 8 10 + 7 + 9 3 K 3 4 Illumination Code 9 0.807 0.010 (20.50 0.25) 4 4 4 1.418 0.010 (36.00 0.25) 4 Panel Seal Gasket (Above Only) 4 4 1.450 (36.80) 1.450 0.010 (36.83 0.25) 8 10 + 1.190 0.010 (30.23 0.25) 7 + 9 8 10 + 10 + 4 Panel Opening (Above and Below) 1.700 0.010 (43.18 0.25) 0.812 0.010 (20.62 0.25) 4 1.299 0.010 (33.00 0.25) 0.810 0.010 (20.60 0.25) 9 3 1 8 4 4 7 + 9 4 0.052 0.010 (1.32 0.25) Top/Left Actuated Center Bottom/Right Actuated 10 + 7 + 4 ICON AREA B/R 8 Schematic 4 1.870 0.010 (47.50 0.25) Catalog Number 32-2245 J 4 ICON AREA T/L 0.300 0.010 (7.62 0.25) 3 1.400 0.010 (35.60 0.25) H 4 4 1.190 (30.20) 4 4 0.680 (17.30) 4 0.830 (21.10) 0.680 0.010 (17.27 0.25) 4 R0.060 0.010 (R1.52 0.25) 0.950 0.010 (24.13 0.25) 4 Note: Recommended panel thickness 0.039-0.157 in (1.00-4.00 mm). Best results obtained between 0.059 and 0.118 in (1.50 and 3.00 mm). 4 4 4 4 Note LED for terminals 7-9 is at top/left side of switch. LED for terminals 8-10 is at bottom/right of switch. 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 65 4.3 Rockers SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker 4 Below Panel Rocker 4 Below Panel Rocker Switch with Actuator Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 0.980 0.010 (25.00 0.25) 0.390 0.005 (9.90 0.13) 4 4 4 0.270 0.005 (6.90 0.13) 4 4 ICON AREA T/L 0.446 0.010 (11.40 0.25) 1.730 0.010 (44.00 0.25) ICON AREA B/R Top/Left Actuated Center Bottom/Right Actuated 4 4 0.100 0.010 (2.60 0.25) 1.730 0.010 (44.00 0.25) 4 4 4 0.810 0.010 (20.60 0.25) 1.400 0.010 (35.60 0.25) Panel Actuator (Below Panel Only) Panel Guard (Below Panel Only) 4 4 1.610 0.010 (40.89 0.25) 0.940 0.010 (23.88 0.25) 0.551 0.010 (14.00 0.25) 0.102 0.010 (2.60 0.25) 1.054 0.010 (26.78 0.25) 4 4 1.730 0.010 (44.00 0.25) 4 4 4 1.400 0.010 (35.60 0.25) 0.810 0.010 (20.60 0.25) Indicator (Below Panel Only) 4 0.390 0.005 (9.90 0.13) 4 ICON AREA T/L 4 0.270 0.005 (6.90 0.13) 4 4 0.100 0.010 (2.60 0.25) ICON AREA B/R 1.730 0.010 (44.00 0.25) 0.980 0.010 (25.00 0.25) 4 4 4 1.730 0.010 (44.00 0.25) 4 4 1.400 0.010 (35.60 0.25) 4 66 0.810 0.010 (20.60 0.25) Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4.3 Rockers SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker Accessories Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Gang Mount System 4 End Bezel Catalog Number 17-22146 Center Bezel Catalog Number 17-22152 4 0.820 0.005 (20.88 0.13) 2.020 0.010 (51.37 0.25) 1.020 0.010 (25.96 0.25) 4 4 4 1.770 0.010 (44.88 0.25) 1.530 0.010 (38.90 0.25) 1.450 0.005 (36.80 0.13) 4 2.050 0.010 (52.00 0.25) 4 4 2 End Bezels and 1 Center Bezel 2 End Bezels 4 1.976 0.010 (50.20 0.25) 0.640 0.010 (16.36 0.25) 3.000 0.010 (76.20 0.25) 0.150 0.010 (3.75 0.25) 4 4 1.070 0.010 (27.10 0.25) Panel Opening for 2-End Bezel 1.545 0.010 (39.24 0.25) Panel Opening for 2-End and 1 Center Bezel 4 1.545 0.010 (39.24 0.25) 4 0.540 0.010 (13.64 0.25) 2-End Bezel 2 Ends and 1 Center Bezel Panel Plug Connector Catalog Number 17-22145 Catalog Number 25-13936 AMP Terminal Catalog Numbers: 927766-3 (14-16 gauge) 927770-3 (18-20 gauge) AMP Wire Seal Catalog Numbers: 828905-1 (14-16 gauge) 828904-1 (18-20 gauge) AMP Sealing Plug Catalog Number: 828922-1 0.980 0.010 (25.00 0.25) 1.730 0.010 (44.00 0.25) 4 1.000 0.010 (25.51 0.25) 4 4 4 4 0.660 0.010 (16.80 0.25) 4 4 1.310 0.010 (33.40 0.25) 4 0.100 0.010 (2.55 0.25) 4 1.240 0.010 (31.50 0.25) 0.580 0.010 (14.75 0.25) 1.730 0.010 (43.95 0.25) 4 4 4 4 0.330 0.010 (8.40 0.25) 1.400 0.010 (35.56 0.25) 0.810 0.010 (20.57 0.25) 4 4 1.020 0.010 (26.00 0.25) 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 67 4.4 4 Rockers Dual Motion Safety Switch Contents Dual Motion Safety Switch Description 4 Page NGR--New Generation Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual Motion Safety Switch Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8006/8007--EURO SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8004/8005--Euro Full Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8064/8065--ESPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 4 4 4 36 59 69 69 70 74 81 88 91 94 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Product Description Application Description Eaton's Vehicle Control business offers these new dual motion safety switches to prevent accidental actuation and protect operator personnel and equipment. Farming equipment Fire trucks and safety vehicles Lawn and garden equipment These rockers are available in two standard circuit options: OFF (locked)--None--ON and ON (locked)--None--ON. The locked safety feature requires two motions from the operator to place the actuator in the unlocked position. In the locked position, the operator must apply pressure on the actuator forward and an additional force in an upward motion for the switch to be moved to the unlocked position. Once in the unlocked position, the switch can easily be moved back into the locked position. 4 Large transportation buses Industrial and commercial equipment Features and Benefits Dual motion safety switches are recommended up to 15A at 28 Vdc. An added benefit is its IP54 seal level. They can be used in tough environments where there may be exposure to small dust particles or water splashing against the enclosure from any direction. For available higher ratings or additional customizable circuits, please contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. Options There are many options to choose when building the right switch for your application. Termination types to choose from include screw type, solder lug and 0.250-inch spade terminals. Actuators are available in four standard colors with an appealing matte finish. Choose from black, red, white or yellow. Eaton also offers standard and customizable legend pad printing options on top of the actuator. There is even an option for arrows to be pad printed on the sides of the rocker to indicate the correct forward motion. For added convenience, the bezel is designed to allow an easy snap-in switch mount into various panel thicknesses. The actuators even have ergonomic grooves to help provide the operator a firm grip when moving the actuator. 4 4 4 4 4 4 68 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Standards and Certifications UL/CSA Recognition at 15A, 125 Vac; 10A, 250 Vac; 3/4 hp, 250 Vac RoHS Compliant Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. 4.4 Rockers Dual Motion Safety Switch Catalog Number Selection 4 8179K21Z T 51 AA A Y 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... Position A Center Position Position B OFF (lock) None ON ON (lock) None ON Base Part Number Side Arrow Pad Prints X = None Y = Both Sides 8179K21Z 8179K22Z Rocker Color Y = Black T = Red M = White E = Yellow Top Pad Print XX = None AA = PTO AB = Creeper engage AC = Retarder AD = Windrower ON/OFF AE = Rotary lock pin cylinder Termination Type 50 = Screw type 51 = Solder lug 52 = Quick Connect (0.250 in spade) A= B= C= D= X= 4 4 Icon Orientation Standard 90 clockwise 180 clockwise 270 counterclockwise None 4 4 4 Available Switch Pad Prints 4 Prints 4 4 4 PTO Creeper Engage Retarder Windrower ON/OFF 4 Rotary Lock Pin Cylinder 4 Notes Black pad print color for white and yellow rockers. White pad print color for red and black rockers. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative for more available pad print options. 4 4 Dimensions 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Dual Motion Safety Switch 4 0.957 (24.40) 0.102 (2.60) 0.648 (16.50) 4 0.825 (20.90) 0.096 (2.40) 4 0.800 0.010 (20.30 0.25) 0.276 (0.07) Pad Print Arrows on Side of Rocker 6 5 4 4 "A" 0.03 1.155 (29.30) 4 1.548 (39.30) Push rocker in direction of arrow to actuate from "A" to "B" position. "A" position = locked, "B" position = unlocked. 0.669 (0.17) 4 B A 0.410 0.010 (10.40 0.25) 4 1.427 (36.20) 1 PAD PRINT ICON 2 1.844 (46.8) 2 0.170 (4.32) 1 3 3 0.250 (6.35) (0.032 [0.80] Thick) 1.190 (30.20) 4 1.450 (36.80) 4 4 0.680 (17.20) 0.830 (21.10) 4 Recommended Panel Opening Thickness 0.040 to 0.140 (1.01 to 3.55) Best Results Obtained from 0.080 to 0.125 (2.03 to 3.17) 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 69 4.5 4 Rockers 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated Contents 1500/2500 Series Description 4 Page NGR--New Generation Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual Motion Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated Midsize Non-Illuminated and Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi-Lite Rocker with High Inrush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8006/8007--EURO SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8004/8005--Euro Full Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8064/8065--ESPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Product Description Options Eaton's 1500/2500 series rocker switch offers a designer touch that will enhance any product line. High Inrush Option Ideal applications include appliances, electronic instrumentation, data processing, communications and medical and office equipment. Custom legends are available on the switch actuator and bezel. 4 4 The 1500H/2500H is designed to handle high inrush currents up to 100A peak inrush for 10 milliseconds. Standards and Certifications Note: See Catalog Number Selection for more detail. International Approvals Hi-Lite Rocker with High Inrush Option This two-color rocker version brightly indicates the ON position. This version spares the expense of more costly illuminated switches and is available with the high inrush option. UL Recognized CSA Certified ENEC RoHS Compliant EN EC Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 70 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 36 59 68 71 72 73 73 80 74 81 88 91 94 4.5 Rockers 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated Midsize Non-Illuminated and Illuminated To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base circuit number and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection How To Order--Midsize Non-Illuminated Example: Poles and Throw Rating UL/CSA: 15A 125 Vac, 10A 250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(4)A 250V UL/CSA: 15A 125 Vac, 10A 250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(2)A 250V UL/CSA: 10A 125 Vac, 10A 250 Vac, 10A 28Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(2)A 250V UL/CSA: 15A 125 Vac, 10A 250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(4)A 250V UL/CSA: 15A 125 Vac, 10A 250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(2)A 250V UL/CSA: 10A 125 Vac, 10A 250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(2)A 250V 1PST 1PDT Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position ON MOM. ON ON ON ON NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE 1500 DOWN Position Base Circuit Number OFF 1500 OFF 1501 MOM. OFF 1505 1502 ON 1503 MOM. ON -2 1 E Circuit Number 1 3 4 5 7 Base and Bezel Color -1 = Black -2 = White -3 = Red Rocker Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red ON OFF ON 1504 6 1PDT MOM. ON MOM. ON OFF OFF MOM. ON ON 1506 1507 9 8 ON MOM. ON ON ON ON NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE OFF OFF MOM. OFF ON MOM. ON 2500 2501 2505 2502 2503 10 11 12 13 15 ON OFF ON 2504 14 2PDT 2PDT 4 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. 1PDT 2PST 4 038 4 4 Terminal Type E = 6.3 mm tabs/0.25 in Quick Connect B = Solder lugs 4 Note: B style terminal not offered for 1506 Series. 4 4 4 Legend Type (Optional) 038 = ON/OFF See Most Popular Legends table on Page 80. 4 4 4 4 4 2PDT MOM. ON MOM. ON OFF OFF 2506 2507 MOM. ON ON 17 16 4 4 How To Order--Midsize Illuminated Example: Rating UL/CSA: 15A 125 Vac, 10A 250 Vac, 10A 28Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(4)A 250V Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position 2500 1PST ON MOM. ON NONE NONE DOWN Position Base Circuit Number 1500 OFF 1501 OFF 2PST ON MOM. ON NONE NONE OFF OFF Poles and Throw 2500 2501 725 4 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. 4 G 2 2 E Circuit Number 18 21 28 30 Lens/Rocker Color A = Amber G = Green R = Red W = White (clear) Lamp Voltage 0 = No lamp 1 = 125V Neon 2 = 250V Neon 4 = 6V Filament 5 = 12V Filament 6 = 24V Filament Base and Bezel Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red 4 Legend Type (Optional) 725 = ON/OFF See Most Popular Legends table on Page 80. 4 4 4 Terminal Type E = 6.3 mm tabs/0.25 in Quick Connect B = Solder lugs 4 4 4 Notes 1500 Type--Lever depressed toward terminal #3. 2500 Type--Lever depressed toward terminals #13 and #26. #1500--#1507 switches are supplied in 1500 type base. #2500--#2507 switches are supplied in 2500 type base. See Circuit Diagrams on Page 100. 6V, 12V, 24V filament lamps are not UL, CSA, or ENEC. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 4 71 4.5 Rockers 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated Hi-Lite Rocker with High Inrush 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base circuit number and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection 4 How To Order--Hi-Lite Rocker with High Inrush Option 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Rating UL/CSA:15A 125 Vac, 10A 250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(4)A 250V UL/CSA: 22A 125 Vac, 16A 250 Vac, 6A 125 VacL, 10A 14VT, 1 hp 125-250Vac; ENEC: 16(4)A 250V Poles and Throw 1PST 1PST 4 4 ON MOM. ON ON NONE NONE Rating UL/CSA: 22A 125 Vac, 16A 250 Vac, 6A 125 VacL, 10A 14VT, 1 hp 125-250 Vac; ENEC: 16(4)A 250V Poles and Throw Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Pos. Position Rating UL/CSA: 22A 125 Vac, 16A 250 Vac, 6A 125 VacL, 10A 14VT, 1 hp 125-250 Vac; ENEC: 16(4)A 250V 4 Circuit Number 1 3 1 Base and Bezel Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red Hi-Lite Color 1 = Black 5 = Gray 2 = White 6 = Red 4 = Green 7 = Yellow Rocker Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red Terminal Type E = 6.3 mm tabs/0.25 in Quick Connect B = Solder lugs 1 2 E Legend Type (Optional) 038 = ON/OFF See Most Popular Legends table on Page 80. 038 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. Circuit Number ON NONE OFF 1500H 1 2PST ON NONE OFF 2500H 10 Base and Bezel Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red Rocker Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red Legend Type (Optional) 038 = ON/OFF See Most Popular Legends table on Page 80. Terminal Type E = 6.3 mm tabs/0.25 in Quick Connect Poles and Throw Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Pos. Position 2500H DOWN Position Base Circuit Number G 2 2 E Circuit Number 1PST ON NONE OFF 1500H 18 2PST ON NONE OFF 2500H 28 Lens/Rocker Color A = Amber G = Green R = Red W = White (clear) Notes 1500 Type--Lever depressed toward terminal #2. 1500H Type--Lever depressed toward terminal #3. 2500H Type--Lever depressed toward terminals #13 and #26. High inrush capabilities available only on basic catalog numbers beginning with 1500H. See Circuit Diagrams on Page 100. Standard rating only. 6V, 12V, 24V filament lamps are not UL, CSA, or ENEC. 72 725 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. Lamp Voltage 0 = No lamp 4 = 6V Filament 5 = 12V Filament 1 = 125V Neon 6 = 24V Filament 2 = 250V Neon 4 4 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. 1500H DOWN Position Base Circuit Number Example: 4 4 038 How To Order--High Inrush Illuminated 4 4 1500H OFF 1PST 4 4 1500 _ 1501 _ OFF OFF NONE 4 4 DOWN Position Base Circuit Number Example: 4 4 Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Pos. Position 1 2 4 E How To Order--High Inrush, Non-Illuminated 4 4 1500H Example: 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Base and Bezel Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red Terminal Type E = 6.3 mm tabs/ 0.25 in Quick Connect Legend Type (Optional) 725 = ON/OFF See Most Popular Legends table on Page 80. Rockers 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated 4.5 Technical Data and Specifications 4 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated 4 Item Specifications Item Specifications Ratings Seal Level Circuits Standard High Inrush Option Hi-Lite Option Contact Mechanism Standard High Inrush Option Make--High Inrush Option Break--High-Inrush Option Contact Material See selection tables on Pages 71 and 72. IP40 50,000 cycles minimum 50 M minimum 1000V rms minimum Slow-make/Slow-break butt contact Slow-make/Slow-break butt contact with mechanical break 100A peak inrush at 250 Vac for 10 ms for 10,000 cycles minimum Mechanical Life Insulation Resistance Dielectric Withstand Terminal Types Standard Optional Termination Material Common (center) End Lamp 16A, 250 Vac for 10,000 cycles minimum Mounting See dimensions below 4 Silver inlay over copper Operating Temperature Range +32F to +185F (0C to 85C) 4 Contact Resistance 10 M max. at 1A, 4 Vdc 1PST, 1PDT, 2PST, 2PDT, maintained and momentary 1PST, 2PST, maintained 1PST, maintained 4 4 6.3 mm Tabs/0.250 in Quick Connect Solder lug 4 4 Copper fine silver-plated Copper Brass 4 4 Dimensions 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 1500/1500H Type Base 0.287 (7.30) Max. Matte Finish Bezel Matte Finish Rocker (Non-Illuminated) Translucent Rocker (Illuminated) 1.248 (31.70) Max. 0.024 0.004 (0.60 0.10) Combination Quick Connect/ Solder Lug Code "E" 0.249 0.001 (6.325 0.03) Wide 0.032 0.001 (0.815 0.02) Thick 0.595 (15.11) Max. Hole O0.098 (O2.50) Nom. 0.380 0.002.0.003 (9.62 0.07/0.08) 0.422 0.003 (10.73 0.08) 4 4 0.982 0.010 (24.95 0.30) 1.070 (27.18) Max. 0.909 0.017 (23.09 0.44) 0.756 (19.20) Nom. 0.042 0.002 (2.05 0.05) 0.888 0.002 (22.55 0.05) 0.483 0.003 (12.27 0.07) 4 Hole O0.106 (O2.70) Nom. 4 0.474 0.002 (12.05 0.05) 4 4 1.075 0.004 (27.30 0.10) 0.351 0.010/0.011 (8.90 0.25/0.26) 4 Panel Opening Panel Thickness: 0.031-0.118 (0.75-3.00) Code "B" Alternative Solder Lug Only 4 4 2500/2500H Type Base 0.287 (7.30) Max. Matte Finish Bezel Matte Finish Rocker (Non-Illuminated) Translucent Rocker (Illuminated) Hole O0.098 (O2.50) Nom. 0.380 0.002/0.003 (9.62 0.07/0.08) 1.248 (31.70) Max. 0.024 0.004 (0.60 0.10) 1.028 (26.11) Max. 0.909 0.017 (23.09 0.44) 0.351 0.010/0.011 0.756 (8.90 0.25/0.26) (19.20) Nom. Code "B" Alternative Solder Lug Only Combination Quick Connect/ Solder Lug Code "E" 0.249 0.001 (6.325 0.03) Wide 0.032 0.001 (0.815 0.02) Thick 0.042 0.002 (2.05 0.05) 0.422 0.003 (10.73 0.08) 4 0.982 0.011 (24.95 0.30) 4 0.888 0.002 (22.55 0.05) 4 Hole O0.106 (O2.70) Nom. 1.070 (27.18) Max. 0.876 0.004 (22.25 0.10) 1.075 0.004 (27.30 0.10) 4 4 1.026 0.002 (26.05 0.05) 0.327 (8.31) Nom. Panel Opening Panel Thickness: 0.030-0.118 (0.75-3.00) 4 0.658 0.004 (16.712 0.14) 4 0.868 0.002 (22.05 0.05) Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 4 73 4.6 4 Rockers 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only Contents 1600/2600 Series Description 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Page NGR--New Generation Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual Motion Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only Non-Illuminated Rocker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Inrush Rockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8006/8007--EURO SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8004/8005--Euro Full Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8064/8065--ESPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Description Options Eaton's 1600/2600 series of midsize snap-in rocker and paddle switches have worldwide approvals at up to 16A, 250 Vac. One switch can be used for both domestic and foreign markets. High Inrush Option Ideal applications include appliances, electronic instrumentation, data processing, communications, medical equipment, office equipment and many more. A wide circuit variety is offered in a choice of standard and custom colors for illuminated and nonilluminated versions. Custom legends are available on the switch lever and bezel. High Inrush and Splashguard are also available. This version features a uniquely designed seal that resists moisture and water, making it ideally suited for marine, RV and food processing applications. The oversized nylon lever with smooth, matte finish features a convenient thumb depression to ensure effortless touch control. Double-pole switches feature both a thumb depression and a convex curve. See Page 77. The 1600H/2600H is designed to handle high inrush currents up to 100A peak inrush for 10 milliseconds. Standards and Certifications Note: See Catalog Number Selection for more detail. International Approvals Splashguard Option UL Recognized CSA Certified ENEC RoHS Compliant EN EC Splashguard option is cRU marked only. Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 74 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 36 59 68 70 75 76 78 79 79 80 80 81 88 91 94 4.6 Rockers 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only Non-Illuminated Rocker To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base circuit number and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection 4 How To Order--Non-Illuminated Rocker Example: Rating UL/CSA: 16A 125-250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 16(4)A 250V UL/CSA: 16A 125-250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(2)A 250V UL/CSA: 10A 125-250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(2)A 250V UL/CSA: 16A 125-250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 16(4)A 250V UL/CSA: 16A 125-250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(2)A 250V UL/CSA: 10A 125-250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(2)A 250V Poles and Throw 1PST 1PDT Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position ON MOM. ON ON ON ON NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE 1600 M 2 1 E OFF OFF MOM. OFF ON MOM. ON Rocker 1600 1601 1605 1602 1603 Paddle P1600 P1601 P1605 P1602 P1603 Circuit Number 1 3 4 5 7 1PDT ON OFF ON 1604 P1604 6 1PDT MOM. ON MOM. ON OFF OFF MOM. ON ON 1606 1607 P1606 P1607 9 8 ON MOM. ON ON ON ON NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE OFF OFF MOM. OFF ON MOM. ON 2600 2601 2605 2602 2603 P2600 P2601 P2605 P2602 P2603 10 11 12 13 15 2PDT ON OFF ON 2604 P2604 14 2PDT MOM. ON MOM. ON OFF OFF MOM. ON ON 2606 2607 P2606 P2607 17 16 2PST 2PDT 4 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. Base Circuit Number DOWN Position 4 038 Finish - = Standard M = Matte Base and Bezel Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red 4 Terminal Type E = 6.3 mm tabs/0.25 in Quick Connect B = Solder Lugs 4 4 4 Legend Type (Optional) 038 = ON/OFF See Most Popular Legends table on Page 80. 4 4 Rocker/Paddle Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Notes Paddles are UL, CSA only. 1600 Type--Lever depressed toward terminal #3. 2600 Type--Lever depressed toward terminals #13 and #26. See Circuit Diagrams on Page 100. To order the standard, add a "dash" to the catalog number. Example: 1600-11E. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 75 4.6 Rockers 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only Illuminated Rocker 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base circuit number and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection How To Order--Illuminated Rocker Example: 4 4 4 Rating UL/CSA: 16A 125-250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 16(4)A 250V 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 W 5 3 E 038 X = Independent Lamp 4 4 1621 X Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. ON MOM. ON ON MOM. ON ON ON ON NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE DOWN Position Base Circuit Number 1600 OFF 1601 OFF 1620X OFF 1621X OFF 1625X MOM. OFF 1622X ON 1623X MOM. ON 1PDT ON OFF ON 1624X 1PDT MOM. ON MOM. ON OFF OFF MOM. ON ON 1626X 1627X 2PST ON MOM. ON ON NONE NONE NONE OFF OFF MOM. OFF 2600 2601 2605 28 30 31 -- Indicator -- -- 1609 32 Poles and Throw 1PST 1PDT UL/CSA: 16A 125-250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(2)A 250V UL/CSA: 10A 125-250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 10(2)A 250V UL/CSA: 16A 125-250 Vac, 10A 28 Vdc, 8A 14VT; ENEC: 16(4)A 250V -- Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position Circuit Number 18 21 20 Notes 1600 Type--Lever depressed toward terminal #3. 2600 Type--Lever depressed toward terminals #13 and #26. #1600--#1609 switches are supplied in 1600 type base. #1620--#1627 switches are supplied in 2600 type base. (Must have an "X" code.) #2600--#2605 switches are supplied in 2600 type base. See Circuit Diagrams on Page 100. All independent lamps for IP switches to be assembled from terminal positions #24 and #26. 6V, 12V, 24V filament lamps are not UL, CSA, or ENEC. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 76 Lens/Rocker Color A = Amber G = Green R = Red W = White (clear) Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Lamp Voltage 0 = No lamp 1 = 125V Neon 2 = 250V Neon 4 = 6V Filament 5 = 12V Filament 6 = 24V Filament Base and Bezel Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red Terminal Type E = 6.3 mm tabs/0.25 in Quick Connect B = Solder lugs Legend Type (Optional) 038 = ON/OFF See Most Popular Legends table on Page 80. 4.6 Rockers 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only Splashguard 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base circuit number and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection How To Order--Splashguard Example: Poles and Throw Rating 1PST 16A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 1PDT 10A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 16A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 16A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 10A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 1PDT 2PST 2PDT 2PDT Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position NONE NONE NONE ON MOM. ON MOM. ON NONE NONE NONE ON MOM. ON MOM. ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF DOWN Position ON MOM. ON ON ON MOM. ON ON ON MOM. ON ON ON MOM. ON ON B1600 4 -1 2 E 4 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. Base Circuit Number B1600 B1601 B1602 B1604 B1606 B1607 B2600 B2601 B2602 B2604 B2606 B2607 Circuit Number 1 2 5 6 9 8 10 11 13 14 17 16 Base Color 4 4 Terminal Type E = 6.3 mm tabs/0.25 in Quick Connect -1 = Black 4 4 Rocker Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red 4 4 4 4 Notes Splashguard is CUR marked, but does not have ENEC approval. All circuits also recommended 10A, 28 Vdc. See Circuit Diagrams on Page 100. 4 4 Dimensions 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Splashguard 4 O 0.560 (14.22) (2) 17 0.249 (6.32 + 0.03/-0.02) Wide 1.800 (45.72) 1.000 (25.40) 0.81 + 0.02/-0.01 (0.032) Thick 0.758 0.005 (19.26 0.14) 1.070 (27.18) 4 Hole O 0.106 nom. (2.70) 0.500 (12.70) 0.474 0.001 (12.05 0.05) Hole O 0.106 nom. (2.70) 0.868 0.001 (22.05 0.05) One Pole 4 Two Pole 1.026 0.001 (26.05 0.05) 0.424 + 0.003/-0.004 (10.75 + 0.11/-0.10) 0.888 0.001 (22.05 0.05) 4 4 1.075 0.003 (27.30 0.10) 4 0.876 0.003 (22.25 0.10) 0.483 0.002 (12.27 0.007) Panel Thickness 0.030-0.118 (0.75-3.00) Panel Opening 1.075 0.003 (27.30 0.10) 4 Panel Thickness 0.030-0.118 (0.75-3.00) 4 4 Panel Opening 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 77 4.6 Rockers 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only High Inrush Rockers 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base circuit number and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection 4 How To Order--Non-Illuminated High Inrush Rockers Example: 4 4 4 4 4 Poles and Throw Rating UL/CSA: 1PST 22A 125 Vac, 16A 250 Vac, 6A 125 VacL, 10A 14VT, 2PST 1 hp 125-250 Vac; ENEC: 16(4)A 250V Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position 1600H ON ON NONE NONE DOWN Position Base Circuit Number 1600H OFF 1620H OFF ON NONE OFF 2600H Circuit Number Finish 1 2 - = Standard M = Matte 10 Example: 4 4 Poles and Throw Rating UL/CSA: 1PST 22A 125 Vac, 16A 250 Vac, 6A 125 VacL, 10A 14VT, 2PST 1 hp 125-250 Vac; ENEC: 16(4)A 250V -- -- Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position ON ON NONE NONE ON NONE OFF 4 4 4 4 2600H R 2 1 E Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. Circuit Number 18 19 Lens/Rocker Color A = Amber G = Green R = Red W = White (clear) Base and Bezel Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red Lamp Voltage 0 = No lamp 1 = 125V Neon 2 = 250V Neon 4 = 6V Filament 5 = 12V Filament 6 = 24V Filament E = 6.3 mm tabs/0.25 in Quick Connect 28 Indicator Indicator -- 1609 32 Notes UL, CSA: 1 hp @ 125V or 250 Vac; 6A, 125 Vac (L) rating; 10A, 14 Vdc. Marked on request only. 1600H Type--Rocker depressed toward terminal #2. 2600H Type--Rocker depressed toward terminals #13 and #26. 1620H switch is supplied in 2600H base. No code required. See Circuit Diagrams on Page 100. 1620H switch is supplied in 2600H type base. (Must have "X" code.) 1600H Type--Rocker depressed toward terminal #3. 1620H Type--Rocker depressed toward terminals #13 and #26. 2600H Type--Rocker depressed toward terminals #13 and #26. 6V, 12V, 24V filament lamps are not UL, CSA, or ENEC. 4 78 038 Terminal Type 4 4 1600H DOWN Position Base Circuit Number 1600H OFF 1620HX OFF 4 4 Legend Type (Optional) 038 = ON/OFF See Most Popular Legends table on Page 80. How To Order--Illuminated High Inrush Rockers 4 4 Base and Bezel Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red Terminal Type E = 6.3 mm tabs/0.25 in Quick Connect Rocker Color 1 = Black 2 = White 3 = Red 4 4 4 4 038 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. 4 4 M 2 1 E Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Legend Type (Optional) 038 = ON/OFF See Most Popular Legends table on Page 80. Rockers 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only 4.6 Technical Data and Specifications 4 1600/2600--Midsize AC Rated Item Specifications Item Specifications Ratings Circuits Standard High Inrush Option Contact Mechanism Standard High Inrush Option Make--High-Inrush Option Break--High-Inrush Option Contact Material Contact Resistance Mechanical Life See selection tables on Page 78. Insulation Resistance Dielectric Withstand Terminal Types Standard Optional Termination Material Common (center) End Lamp Mounting Operating Temperature Range 100 M minimum 1000V rms minimum 1PST, 1PDT, 2PST, 2PDT maintained and momentary 1PST, 2PST maintained Slow-make/Slow-break butt contact Slow-make/Slow-break butt contact with mechanical break 100A, 250 Vac for 10 ms for 10,000 cycles min. 16A, 250 Vac for 10,000 cycles min. Silver inlay over copper 10 M max. at 1A, 4 Vdc 50,000 cycles minimum 4 4 4 6.3 mm Tabs/0.250 in Quick Connect Solder lug 4 Copper fine silver-plated Copper Brass See dimensions below +32F to +185F (0C to 85C) 4 4 4 Dimensions 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 1600/1600H Type Base 4 36 18 0.287 (7.30) Max. Combination Quick Connect/Solder Lug Code "E" 0.249 0.001 (6.33 0.03) Wide 0.032 0.001 (0.82 0.02) Thick 0.279 0.004 (7.10 0.10) 0.024 0.004 (0.60 0.10) 4 4 0.982 0.010 (24.95 0.30) 0.422 0.004 (10.73 0.08) 1.070 (27.18) Max. 0.351 0.010/0.11 (8.90 0.25/0.26) Hole O0.098 (O2.50) Nom. 0.042 0.002 (2.05 0.05) 4 Hole O0.106 (O2.70) Nom. 4 0.888 0.002 (22.55 0.05) 0.474 0.002 (12.05 0.05) 4 0.483 0.003 (12.27 0.07) 0.909 0.017 (23.09 0.44) 0.380 0.002/0.003 (9.62 0.07/0.08) 1.075 0.004 (27.30 0.10) Panel Thickness 0.030-0.118 (0.75-3.00) 0.756 (19.20) Nom. Code "B" Alternative Solder Lug Only 4 4 4 Panel Opening 4 2600/2600H Type Base 1.197 (30.40) Max. 0.024 0.004 (0.60 0.10) 4 36 0.287 (7.30) Max. 18 1.023 0.004 (26.00 0.10) Combination Quick Connect/Solder Lug Code "E" 0.249 0.001 (6.33 0.03) Wide (0.032 0.001 (0.82 0.02) Thick 0.982 0.010 (24.95 0.30) 0.042 0.002 (2.05 0.05) 4 1.082 0.004 (26.10 0.10) 0.422 0.004 (10.73 0.08) 0.888 0.002 (22.55 0.05) 0.327 (8.31) Nom. 1.070 (27.18) Max. 0.279 0.004 (7.10 0.10) Hole O0.098 (O2.50) Nom. 0.380 0.002/0.003 (9.62 0.07/0.08) 0.876 0.004 (22.25 0.10) 0.909 0.017 (23.09 0.44) 0.351 0.010/0.11 (8.90 0.25/0.26) 0.756 (19.20) Nom. Code "B" Alternative Solder Lug Only 4 0.622 0.007 (15.80 0.20) 1.075 0.004 (27.30 0.10) 4 Hole O0.106 (O2.70) Nom. 4 0.636 0.030 (16.17 0.755) 4 0.866 + 0.004/-0.008 (22.00 + 0.10/-0.20) 4 Panel Thickness 0.030-0.118 (0.75-3.00) 4 4 Panel Opening Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 79 4.6 4 4 4 4 Rockers 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only Accessories Panel Cutout Fillers Specify color of base and filler portion by using the standard two-digit color code (base and lever) for non-illuminated switches. If panel cutout fillers are required in anticipation of future rocker or paddle switch installation, order Catalog Number 1609DUM. Example: 1609DUM11 4 4 4 4 4 Legends How To Order--Legends To order a rocker with a legend marking, add the three-character code to the end of the catalog number. Example: 1500-21E becomes 1500-21E038. Legends are for 1500/2500 and 1600/2600 only. Most Popular Legends Legend 4 Code Legend 014 0 Legend 653 Code Legend 714 Code 735 I OFF I 4 Code 0 ON 0 4 023 4 POW 656 725 746 730 752 734 760 ER I 4 0 4 038 4 4 4 657 ON 0 O FF I 039 4 671 ON OFF 0 4 630 4 4 4 4 Note For additional legend options, contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. 4 4 4 4 4 4 80 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Rockers Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated 4.7 Contents Rockette Series Description Page NGR--New Generation Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual Motion Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated Standard Rockette Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sealed Rockette Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8006/8007--EURO SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8004/8005--Euro Full Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8064/8065--ESPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 59 68 70 74 82 83 84 84 88 91 94 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Product Description Features and Benefits These rocker switches offer the widest selection of features available, providing the design flexibility needed to fill the requirements of a variety of applications. They are available in two versions: standard and sealed. Voltages 110 Vac neon 14 Vdc and 28 Vdc On the illuminated version, the lamp is wired to operate in conjunction with the switch on single-throw circuit; on double-throw circuits, the lamp is independent of the switch. The Sealed Rockette features a silicone rubber seal that protects contacts and mechanisms. All switches resist contaminants such as sand, dust and moisture with both a base-to-frame seal and an actuator seal. Nonilluminated and illuminated versions are available. For Sealed Rockette selection, see table on Page 83. Options Mounting Flush (two screws), sub-panel and snap-in mounting. Snap-in Mounting Convenient front panel or sub-panel snap-in mounting Available in one- and two-pole non-illuminated or in one-pole illuminated Rockette switches. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative for three- and four-pole circuits Unless otherwise noted, all switches with snap-in mounting are UL Recognized and CSA Certified Standard and Sealed Additional colors of rockers and bezels are available Hot stamped or pad printed legends on rocker and bezel Paddle actuators Single rocker operator on two- and three-pole circuits Dry circuits capabilities Special ratings Reversing jumpers Dead back cover (two-pole base) with wire leads Special circuits Printed circuit terminals and other terminal types Metal snap-in bezels Foam dust seal 4 Standards and Certifications 4 UL Recognized CSA Certified RoHS Compliant 4 4 4 Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Sealed Only Special voltage bulbs Industry standard connector available Two-pole illuminated circuit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 81 4.7 Rockers Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated Standard Rockette Switches 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base circuit number and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection 4 How To Order--Standard Rockette Switches Example: 4 4 4 4 Rating 6A, 125 Vac 3A, 250 Vac Poles and Throw 2PST NONE OFF NONE OFF OFF NONE NONE OFF NONE OFF OFF OFF ON ON MOM. ON ON OFF OFF ON ON MOM. ON ON 2PST ON NONE OFF 8150K21 C 2PST ON ON ON NONE OFF NONE OFF ON ON 8155K21 8155K20 8155K22 C 4PDT ON OFF ON 8130K20 4PST ON ON ON NONE OFF NONE OFF ON ON 8140K21 8140K20 8140K22 2PDT 4 4 4 4 4 4 1000W, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 20A, 250 Vac 6A, 125 Vac 3A, 250 Vac 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 2PDT 2PDT 4PDT E Circuit Number C D C D D F E F 4 4 4 4 4 4 50 Mounting Frame All Except 8130K20, 8140K20, 8140K21, 8140K22 E = Mounting, 2-pole F = Mounting, 2-pole G = Mounting, 2-pole W = Snap-in X = Snap-in Y = Snap-in Z = Snap-in 8130K20, 8140K20, 8140K21, 8140K22 H = Mounting, 4-pole Rocker/Paddle Style All Except 8130K20, 8140K20, 8140K21, 8140K22 6 = 2-pole 7 = 2-pole 20 = 2-pole 37 = 2-pole 8130K20, 8140K20, 8140K21, 8140K22 14 = 4-pole Notes These switches also have marked rating of 7A at 277 Vac and 3/4 hp at 277 Vac. Add code letters and numbers for mounting frame, rocker style and color and terminal construction. Also rated 2A, 277 Vac; 2.5A, L125 Vac. See Circuit Diagrams on Page 100. See Frame Styles on Page 85. See Rocker Styles on Page 87. Can not be used with snap-in mounting bezel. Recommended for use with snap-in mounting. 4 4 4 4 4 4 82 6 T Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. ON ON ON MOM. ON MOM. ON ON MOM. ON ON ON MOM. ON MOM. ON 2PST 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac DOWN Position Base Circuit Number 8132K21 8132K20 8132K22 8138K20 8138K30 8142K21 8147K21 8142K20 8142K22 8148K20 8148K30 4 4 Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position 8132K21 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Rocker/Paddle Color M = White T = Red V = Black Terminal Type 50 = Screw 51 = Solder lugs 52 = 0.250 in spade Rockers Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated 4.7 Sealed Rockette Switches 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base circuit number and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection How To Order--Sealed Rockette Switches, Non-Illuminated Example: Rating 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac Poles and Throw 1PST 1PDT 2PST 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 2PDT Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position ON ON ON MOM. ON MOM. ON ON ON ON MOM. ON MOM. ON NONE OFF NONE OFF OFF NONE OFF NONE OFF OFF DOWN Position OFF ON ON ON MOM. ON OFF ON ON ON MOM. ON 8055K23 Base Circuit Number Terminal Type 0.250 in Spade 8055K23 8055K20 8055K26 8055K29 8055K32 8055K43 8055K40 8055K46 8055K49 8055K52 Solder Lugs 8055K24 8055K21 8055K27 8055K30 8055K33 8055K44 8055K41 8055K47 8055K50 8055K53 Screw 8055K25 8055K22 8055K28 8055K31 8055K34 8055K45 8055K42 8055K48 8055K51 8055K54 E 4 2 V 4 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. 4 Circuit Number A B C Mounting Frame E = Standard F = Standard L = Standard X = Snap-in W = Snap-in Z = Snap-in Rocker Color M = White V = Black 4 4 4 Rocker Style 1 = Two-face serrated 2 = Three Face smooth 7 = Concave D 4 4 How To Order--Sealed Rockette Switches, Illuminated Example: Rating 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac Poles and Throw 1PST 1PDT Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position ON MOM. ON NONE OFF DOWN Position OFF ON 4 8057K23 Base Circuit Number Terminal Type 0.250 in Spade 8057K23 8057K29 Circuit Solder Number Screw Lugs 8057K24 8057K25 G 8057K30 8057K31 H E 4 1 5 V 1 4 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. Mounting Frame E = Standard F = Standard L = Standard X = Snap-in W = Snap-in Z = Snap-in Bulb Voltage 1 = Neon 110V 3 = 14 Vdc Filament 4 = 28 Vdc Filament 4 Rocker Color M = White V = Black 4 4 Lens Color 1 = Clear 2 = Red 4 = Amber 5 = Blue 4 4 4 4 Rocker Style 3 = Serrated w/1 lens 5 = Smooth w/1 lens 8 = Concave w/1 lens 4 4 Notes See Circuit Diagrams on Page 100. See Frame Styles on Page 85. See Rocker Styles on Page 87. 4 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 83 4.7 4 4 4 4 Rockers Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated Technical Data and Specifications Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated Item Specifications Item Specifications Ratings and Circuits Contact Mechanism See selection tables on Pages 82 and 83. Switch ratings at 125 Vac also apply to 28 Vdc. Slow-make/Slow-break contact mechanism. Butt action contact mechanism designed specifically for use on AC and low voltage DC applications 1000W Rated Movable--Checon SK015B contact material welded to contactor Stationary--Copper with cad-oxide contact face button Terminal Types Screw Terminals--Brass designed to accept #6-32 x 3/16 binding head screws (Cat.No.811-2), furnished unassembled Solder Lug--0.250 in (6.35 mm) spade Termination Material Screw and Spade--Brass Solder-- Tintillate-plated brass Lamp Voltages 110 Vac neon 14 Vdc and 28 Vdc Mounting Flush (two screws), sub-panel and snap-in mounting 4 Contact Material 3-6A Rated 4 10-15A Rated 4 20A Rated 4 4 4 Movable--Silver-plated copper Stationary--Silver-plated copper Movable--Silver-plated copper with fine or coin silver contact face button Stationary--Copper with fine or coin silver contact face button Movable--Silver-plated copper with cad-oxide contact face button Stationary--Copper with cad-oxide contact face button Dimensions Base Standard Rockette Switch Dimensions Snap-in Mounting Dimensions 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Terminals Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Type W Type X 4 #6-32 x 0.188 (4.78) Lg. Binding Head Term. Screw 4 0.125 (3.18) Dia. Hole 4 0.188 (4.78) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 0.040 (1.02) 0.288 (7.32) Contoured Snap-in Bezel, Two-Pole Base 0.040 (1.02) Screw Terminal Solder Lug Terminal Hot Tin Dipped Reference Dimension "AA"--Top of Frame to Bottom of Terminal Snap-in Bezel, One-, Twoand Four-Pole Bases 1.550 0.010 (39.37 0.254) 2.06 (52.32) 1.12 (28.44) 0.900 0.010 (22.86 0.254) Terminal Type Dimension in Inches (mm) Frame Style Two-Pole--E Two-Pole--F Two-Pole--G Two-Pole--W Type Y Type Z Screw 1.39 (35.31) 1.05 (26.62) 1.05 (26.62) 1.37 (34.82) Solder Lug 1.36 (34.54) 1.02 (25.86) 1.02 (25.86) 1.34 (34.06) Sub-Panel Snap-in Mounting Bezel, One- and Two-Pole Bases Snap-in Mounting Bezel, Two-Pole Base Only 1.20 (30.18) 1.20 (30.18) 1.94 (49.27) 1.700 (43.18) 0.250 in Spade 1.53 (38.86) Two-Pole--X Two-Pole--Y Two-Pole--Z 1.51 (38.38) Four-Pole--H Screw 1.39 (35.31) 0.95 (24.23) 1.37 (34.82) 1.41 (35.74) Solder Lug 1.36 (34.54) 0.92 (23.47) 1.34 (34.06) 1.36 (34.54) 0.250 in Spade 1.53 (38.86) 1.09 (27.79) 1.51 (38.38) 1.53 (38.89) Reference Dimension "BB"--Bottom of Base to Bottom of Terminal Terminal Type Dimension in Inches (mm) Screw 0.30 (7.62) Solder Lug 0.27 (6.86) 0.250 in Spade 0.44 (11.18) Note The "AA" dimension on frame style Y is measured from the bottom of the frame rivet head to the bottom of the center terminal. 0.960 (24.38) Panel Opening 125C Approx. 1.450 1.190 (36.83) (30.23) 0.680 (17.27) 0.830 (21.08) 4 Panel Thickness 0.040-0.140 (1.02-3.56) 4 84 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4.7 Rockers Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated Frame Types and Rocker/Paddle Styles for Standing Switches--Non-Illuminated Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Two-Pole Mounting Frame Types 4 Type E Type F Style 37 with Type X 1.940 (49.28) 2.500 (63.50) 1.620 (41.15) 2.250 (57.15) CC 0.380 (9.65) 4 0.100 (2.54) CC 0.380 (9.65) 0.850 0.030 (21.59 0.76) 4 0.380 0.030 (9.65 0.76) 0.150 (3.81) Dia. 2 Holes #6-32 Tap 2 Holes 4 17.5 0.200 (5.08) 4 0.640 0.254 (16.26 6.45) Type G 4 2.120 (53.85) 1.750 (44.45) 4 CC 0.380 (9.65) Mounting Type Recommended With This Style 0.150 (3.81) Dia. 2 Holes 4 4 Two-Pole Rocker Styles Style 6 Style 7 4 Style 20 0.650 (16.51) 0.650 (16.51) 17.5 R 0.610 (R 15.49) R 0.610 (R 15.49) 0.660 (16.76) CC CC 0.880 (22.35) 4 R 0.100 (R 2.54) 4 0.830 (21.08) 0.100 (2.54) 4 CC 4 4 Four-Pole Mounting Frame Type Type H 0.580 (14.73) Four-Pole Rocker Styles Style 14 1.940 (49.28) 1.620 (41.15) 1.300 (33.02) 4 R 0.610 (R 15.49) 4 CC 4 CC 4 #6-32 Tap 2 holes 4 Reference Dimension "CC"--Top of Frame to Bottom of Terminal Dimension in Inches (mm) Mounting Frame Type Two-Pole Rocker Style Type E Type F Type G Recommended Panel Opening Dimension in Inches (mm) Mounting Frame Type Four-Pole Rocker Recommended Style Type H Panel Opening 6 0.08 (2.03) 0.42 (10.67) 0.42 (10.67) 0.69 x 1.25 (17.53 x 31.75) 14 7 0.08 (2.03) 0.42 (10.67) 0.42 (10.67) 0.69 x 1.25 (17.53 x 31.75) 20 N/A 0.42 (10.67) 0.42 (10.67) N/A 37 N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.08 (2.03) 4 4 4 4 1.34 x 1.25 (34.04 x 31.75) 4 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 85 4.7 Rockers Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated 4 Base Sealed Rockette Switch Dimensions 4 Sealed Two-Pole--Mounting Frame Type E--Rocker Style 1 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) R 0.610 (R 15.49) 17.5 4 1.940 (49.28) 1.620 (41.15) #6-32 x 0.188 (4.78) Lg. Binding Head Term. Screws 6-32 Tap Quick Connect Term. 4 0.250 (6.35) 0.750 (19.05) 0.031 (0.79) Ref. 0.288 0.040 (7.32) (1.02) Screw Terminal 1.330 (33.83) Sealed Two-Pole--Mounting Frame Type F--Rocker Style 1 4 17.5 4 0.032 (0.81) 0.031/0.033 (0.79/0.84) 4 4 0.250 (6.35) 0.062 (1.57) 2.250 (57.15) 2 Mtg. Holes 0.172 (4.37) Dia. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Sealed Two-Pole Switch--Mounting Frame Type W--Rocker Stye 7 0.648 (16.46) 35 2.020 (51.31) 0.960 AA (24.38) 1.062 (26.97) 1.090 (27.69) 0.125 (3.18) Dia. Hole 0.280 (7.11) 0.750 (19.05) 0.031 (0.79) 0.250 (6.35) 0.188 (4.78) #6-32 x 0.188 (4.78) Lg. Binding Head Term. Screws 0.031 (0.79) Ref. 0.040 0.288 (1.02) (7.32) Screw Terminal 1.620 (41.15) Type X Type Z Reference Dimensions "AA" and "BB" in Inches (mm) 1.550 0.010 (39.37 0.254) 4 1.700 (43.18) 4 Terminal Type Screw 4 0.960 (24.38) 0.900 0.010 (22.86 0.254) 86 Dimension "AA" (Two-Pole) E Frame F Frame L Frame Dimension "BB" W Frame X Frame Z Frame 1.39 (35.33) 1.05 (26.62) 1.39 (35.33) 1.37 (34.82) 1.39 (35.34) 1.37 (34.82) All Frames 0.30 (7.62) Solder Lug 1.36 (34.57) 1.02 (25.86) 1.36 (34.57) 1.34 (34.06) 1.36 (34.51) 1.34 (34.06) 0.27 (6.86) 0.250 in Spade 0.44 (11.18) 1.53 (38.89) 1.19 (30.18) 1.53 (38.89) 1.51 (38.38) 1.53 (38.89) 1.51 (38.38) Snap-In Mounting Bezel Snap-In Bezel 4 0.040 (1.02) Solder Lug Terminal Hot Tin Dipped 0.390 (9.91) BB 4 4 Terminals 0.260 (6.60) 4 4 Panel Thickness 0.040-0.140 (1.02-3.56) 1.330 (33.83) 4 4 0.680 (17.27) 0.830 (21.80) 0.750 (19.05) Snap-in Mounting Frame Dimensions 4 0.648 (16.48) 1.190 (30.23) 1.450 (36.83) 0.294 (7.47) 4 0.126 (3.20) 0.094 (2.39) AA BB 0.032 (0.81) Ref. 125C Approx. Max. 0.812 (20.62) 2.500 (63.50) R 0.610 (R 15.49) 0.722 (18.34) 0.453 (11.51) 4 Panel Opening 35 R 1.135 (R 28.83) 4 4 0.040 (1.02) Solder Lug Terminal Hot Tin Dipped 0.648 (16.46) 0.380 (9.65) BB 0.032 (0.81) 4 4 0.188 (4.78) 0.094 (2.39) 0.062 (1.57) AA 4 4 0.125 (3.18) Dia. Hole Max. 0.812 (20.62) 0.380 (9.65) 0.080 (2.03) 4 4 Terminals Note Dimension "AA"--Top of frame to bottom of terminal; "BB"--from bottom of base to bottom of terminal. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4.7 Rockers Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated Dimensions for Frame Type and Rocker Styles--Sealed Switches 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Non-Illuminated Illuminated One- and Two-Pole Mounting Frame Types One-Pole Mounting Frame Types Type E Type E 1.940 (49.28) 1.620 (41.15) 0.380 (9.65) 4 1.940 (49.28) 1.620 (41.15) CC #6-32 Tap 2 Holes 4 0.380 (9.65) 4 CC 4 #6-32 Tap 2 Holes Type F 4 Type F 2.500 (63.50) 2.500 (63.50) 0.380 (9.65) 2.250 (57.15) 4 0.380 (9.65) 2.250 (57.15) CC 4 CC 0.150 (3.81) Dia. 2 Holes 4 0.150 (3.81) Dia. 2 Holes Type L Type L CC 1.620 (41.15) 4 1.940 (49.28) 1.620 (41.15) 1.940 (49.28) CC 0.380 (9.65) 0.162 (4.11) Dia. 2 Hole 0.162 (4.11) Dia. 2 Hole 4 4 0.380 (9.65) 4 One- and Two-Pole Rocker Styles One-Pole Rocker Styles Style 1 Style 3 4 R 0.610 (R 15.49) 0.650 (16.51) R 0.610 (R 15.49) 4 CC 4 0.650 (16.51) CC 0.216 (5.49) Style 2 0.360 (9.14) 4 Style 5 R 0.610 (R 15.49) 0.650 (16.51) 4 R 0.610 (R 15.49) 0.650 (16.51) CC 0.216 (5.49) Style 7 CC 4 0.360 (9.14) 4 Style 8 R 1.135 (R 28.83) 0.650 (16.51) R 0.610 (R 15.49) 0.350 (8.89) 0.650 0.496 R 0.610 (16.51) (12.60) (R 15.49) CC 4 R 1.135 (R 28.83) 4 CC 4 4 Reference Dimension "CC"--Top of Frame to Rocker Face Dimension in Inches (mm) Mounting Frame Type Rocker One- and Two-Pole (Non-Illuminated) Style E Frame F Frame L Frame Rocker Style Dimension in Inches (mm) Mounting Frame Type One- and Two-Pole (Illuminated) E Frame F Frame L Frame Recommended Panel Opening Recommended Panel Opening 1 0.08 (2.03) 0.42 (10.67) 0.08 (2.03) 2 0.08 (2.03) 0.42 (10.67) 0.08 (2.03) 0.69 x 1.25 (17.53 x 31.75) 3 0.08 (2.03) 0.42 (10.67) 0.08 (2.03) 0.69 x 1.25 (17.53 x 31.75) 0.69 x 1.25 (17.53 x 31.75) 5 0.08 (2.03) 0.42 (10.67) 0.08 (2.03) 0.69 x 1.25 (17.53 x 31.75) 7 0.11 (2.79) 0.45 (11.43) 0.11 (2.79) 0.69 x 1.25 (17.53 x 31.75) 8 0.11 (2.79) 0.45 (11.43) 0.11 (2.79) 0.69 x 1.25 (17.53 x 31.75) 4 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 87 4.8 4 Rockers 8006/8007--EURO SR Contents 8006/8007 Series Description 4 Page NGR--New Generation Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual Motion Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8006/8007--EURO SR Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8004/8005--Euro Full Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8064/8065--ESPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 4 4 4 4 36 59 68 70 74 81 89 90 90 91 94 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Product Description Features and Benefits Options Field-proven in America's roughest off-road applications, the standard size EURO SR is one tough and reliable rocker switch. Available with the complete range of rugged one- and two-pole, illuminated or non-illuminated circuits. Contact Mechanism Slow-make/Slow-break contact mechanism. Butt action contact mechanism designed specifically for use on AC and low voltage DC applications. Additional colors of rockers and bezels are available Special circuits Special ratings Pad-printed legends on rocker and bezel Special voltage bulbs Dry circuit capabilities Foam dust seal Reversing jumpers Printed circuit terminals and other terminal types Wire leads Dead back cover Palm guard Industry standard connector: 28-3426 EURO SR panel plug: 53-3318. For information on optional features, contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. The EURO SR Series offers snap-in mounting and can be provided with a durable silicone seal that resists dust and moisture. All EURO SR switches are molded in an aesthetically pleasing matte finish and operate with a crisp tactile feel, allowing for easy actuation. The EURO SR will accept loads up to 15A. Terminal numbers are stamped on base for easy identification. Rocker Material Thermoplastic rocker actuators. Different colors are available. Rocker and bezel are a high-grade nylon supplied with matte finish. Lamps Five lamp voltages--14 Vdc, 18 Vdc, 28 Vdc, 125 Vac neon and 250 Vac neon--are offered as standard. For additional lamp voltages, please contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. Mounting Means Snap-in mounting with plastic bezel. Seal Available in sealed and nonsealed versions. Sealed devices are furnished with silicone rubber seal, providing moisture and dust resistance with an IP67 rating. 4 4 4 4 Lens Options Lens Part Numbers (if ordered separately) Green . . . . . . . . . . 28-5415 Amber . . . . . . . 28-5415-2 Red. . . . . . . . . . 28-5415-3 Blue . . . . . . . . . 28-5415-4 White . . . . . . . . 28-5415-5 4 4 4 88 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Standards and Certifications UL Recognized and recognized component for Canada File E2702 RoHS Compliant Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. 4.8 Rockers 8006/8007--EURO SR EURO SR Standard Size Euro-Style Rocker Switches To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base circuit number and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection 4 How To Order--EURO SR, Non-Illuminated Example: Rating Poles and Throw 1PST 1PDT 10A, 250 Vac 15A, 125 Vac 15A, 28 Vdc 2PST 2PDT 2PDT 2PDT Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position 2-3 2-3* 2-3 2-3 2-3* 2-3* 2-3, 5-6 2-3, 5-6* 2-3, 5-6 2-3, 5-6 2-3, 5-6* 2-3, 5-6* 2-3, 5-6 5-6 8006K23 N 1 T NONE OFF OFF NONE OFF OFF 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1* NONE OFF OFF NONE OFF OFF 5-6 5-3 2-1, 5-4 2-1, 5-4 2-1, 5-4 2-1, 5-4* OFF 5-1 0.250" Spade 8006K23 8006K35 8006K20 8006K26 8006K29 8006K32 8006K43 8006K55 8006K40 8006K46 8006K49 8006K52 8006K58 8006K61 Solder Lugs 8006K24 8006K36 8006K21 8006K27 8006K30 8006K33 8006K44 8006K56 8006K41 8006K47 8006K50 8006K53 8006K59 8006K62 4 4 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. Terminal Type DOWN Position 1 Screw 8006K25 8006K37 8006K22 8006K28 8006K31 8006K34 8006K45 8006K57 8006K42 8006K48 8006K51 8006K54 8006K60 8006K63 4 Mounting Frame Color /Style N = Black/Standard T = Black/Top Half Palm Guard B = Black/Bottom Half Palm Guard Rocker Color M = White T = Red V = Black 4 Seal Option 4 4 1 = Non-sealed 2 = Sealed Rocker Style 4 1 = Two-face 4 4 * Momentary contact. 4 How To Order--EURO SR, Illuminated Example: Rating Poles and Throw 1PST 1PDT 10A, 250 Vac 15A, 125 Vac 15A, 28 Vdc 2PST 2PDT * Momentary contact. Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position OFF NONE 2-3 2-3 2-3* 2-3* OFF 2-3, 5-6* 2-3, 5-6 2-1, 5-4 2-3, 5-6* 2-3, 5-6* NONE OFF OFF NONE OFF OFF NONE OFF OFF NONE OFF OFF 8007K23 N 4 1 3 T 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1* 2-1, 5-4 NONE 2-1, 5-4 2-3, 5-6 2-1, 5-4 2-1, 5-4* 0.250" Spade 8007K23 8007K35 8007K20 8007K26 8007K29 8007K32 8007K43 8007K55 8007K40 8007K46 8007K49 8007K52 Solder Lugs 8007K24 8007K36 8007K21 8007K27 8007K30 8007K33 8007K44 8007K56 8007K41 8007K47 8007K50 8007K53 4 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. Terminal Type DOWN Position 4 2 1 Screw 8007K25 8007K37 8007K22 8007K28 8007K31 8007K34 8007K45 8007K57 8007K42 8007K48 8007K51 8007K54 Mounting Frame Color /Style N = Black/Standard T = Black/TopHalf Palm Guard B = Black/Bottom Half Palm Guard Bulb Voltage 1 = 125V Neon 2 = 250V Neon 3 = 14 Vdc 4 = 28 Vdc 7 = 18 Vdc Lamp Wiring 1 = Dependent 2 = Independent Rocker Style 3 = Two-face w/1 lens 4 = Two-face w/2 lenses Rocker Color M = White T = Red V = Black 4 Lens Color 1 = White 2 = Red 3 = Green 4 = Amber 5 = No lens 6 = Blue 7 = Clear 4 Seal Option 4 4 4 4 1 = Non-sealed 2 = Sealed 4 Notes 3A @ 250 Vac, 6A @ 125 Vac. 1/4 hp @ 125-250 Vac. All double-throw circuits, both 1PDT and 2PDT, provided with two lamps and two lenses (Rocker Style 4). When lamp is wired independent of circuit for 1PDT switches, device is supplied with lamp centered in open-pole of base. Not standard with lamp wired independent of circuit. All 2PDT switches must be dependent on circuit and use Rocker Style 4. Not provided standard for double-throw circuits, both 1PDT and 2PDT. Must use Rocker Style 4 for all double-throw switches. Available on single-pole versions only. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 89 4 4 4 4 4.8 4 4 4 Rockers 8006/8007--EURO SR Technical Data and Specifications 8006/8007--EURO SR Item Specifications Ratings 15A @ 125 Vac 10A @ 250 Vac 3/4 hp @ 250 Vac (hp rating does not apply to lighted switches.) Switch ratings at 125 Vac also apply to 28 Vdc 1PST, 1PDT, 2PST and 2PDT Maintained and momentary action Maintained--100,000 operations, minimum Momentary--25,000 operations, minimum 25,000 operations minimum at full load Standard 0.250 in (6.35 mm) Spade--Brass Screw--Brass (terminal screws provided unassembled) Solder--Tintillate-plated brass Thermoset molding material Thermoplastic rocker actuators 1000V rms, minimum IP67 (with optional seal) Snap-in mounting with plastic bezel -40F to 185F (-40C to 85C) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Circuits Mechanical Life Electrical Life Terminal Types Base Material Rocker Material Dielectric Seal Level Mounting Means Operating Temperature Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Non-Illuminated 4 Illuminated 1.705 0.011 (43.31 0.31) R 0.156 0.010 (R 3.96 0.25) 4 R 0.156 0.010 (R 3.96 0.25) 1.705 0.011 (43.31 0.31) 0.957 0.012 (24.31 0.30) 0.957 0.012 (24.31 0.30) 4 0.389 0.041 (9.88 1.06) 4 Palm Guard 4 R 0.156 0.005 (3.97 0.13) 0.096 0.010 (2.44 0.25) 4 0.389 0.040 (9.88 1.02) 0.096 0.010 (2.44 0.25) 4 1.082 0.012 (27.48 0.30) 4 4 1.450 (36.85) 1.190 (30.23) 4 4 0.830 (21.08) 4 0.680 (17.27) 4 1.705 0.012 (43.31 0.30) 1.427 + 0.020/- 0.012 (36.25 + 0.51/- 0.38) 1 2 3 4 4 0.250 0.004 (6.35 0.08) 0.030 (0.813) Thick 0.440 0.005 (11.18 0.13) 5 6 0.820 0.005 (20.83 0.13) Panel Opening Reference Only Thickness: 0.040 to 0.140 (1.02 to 3.56) Best Results Obtained from: 0.080 to 0.125 (2.03 to 3.18) 4 4 4 90 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 1.220 0.012 (30.99 0.30) Rockers 8004/8005--Euro Full Size 4.9 Contents 8004/8005 Series Description Page NGR--New Generation Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual Motion Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8006/8007--EURO SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8004/8005--Euro Full Size Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8064/8065--ESPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 59 68 70 74 81 88 92 93 93 94 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Product Description Features and Benefits Options Eaton's 8004 and 8005 EuroLook Series features matte finish European styling and snap-in mounting. These durable switches, field-tested in the most demanding truck and marine applications, are available with a variety of standard actuator options. Options include concave, two-face, illuminated, nonilluminated and the recessed feature, which allows placement of your label on the face of our rocker. All switches in this rugged lineup can be fitted with a silicone rubber seal to provide moisture and dust-resistance. Additionally, these switches can be gang-mounted into a single panel opening. Panel blanks are also available. Contact Mechanism Slow-make/Slow-break contact mechanism. Butt action contact mechanism designed specifically for use on AC and low voltage DC applications. Additional colors of rockers and mounting bezels are available Special circuits Special ratings Gold contacts Dry circuit capabilities Pad-printed legends on rocker and bezel Special lamp voltages Foam dust seal Reversing jumpers Printed circuit terminals and other terminal types Dead back cover (two-pole base) with wire leads Matching indicators Industry standard connector: 28-3426 Full size Euro-Look gang mounting systems Full size Euro-Look panel plugs: 17-19544-2 For information on optional features, contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. Rocker Material Custom styled, multi-colored thermoplastic rocker actuators. The rocker and bezel are supplied with a matte finish. Lamps Five lamp voltages--14 Vdc, 18 Vdc, 28 Vdc, 125 Vac neon and 250 Vac neon--are offered as standard. For additional lamp voltages, please contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. Mounting Means Snap-in mounting with plastic bezel. Seal Available in sealed and nonsealed versions. Sealed devices are furnished with a silicone rubber seal providing moisture and dust resistance with an IP54 rating. 4 Lens Options Lens Part Numbers (if ordered separately) 8005 Two-Face Green. . . . . . . . . . 28-3425 Amber . . . . . . . . 28-3425-2 Red . . . . . . . . . . 28-3425-3 Blue . . . . . . . . . . 28-3425-4 White. . . . . . . . . 28-3425-5 8005 Concave Red . . . . . . . . . . . 28-5148 Green. . . . . . . . . 28-5148-2 Amber . . . . . . . . 28-5148-3 Blue . . . . . . . . . . 28-5148-4 Clear . . . . . . . . . 28-5148-5 Standards and Certifications 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 UL Recognized and recognized component for Canada File E2702 RoHS Compliant 4 4 4 4 Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. 4 4 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 91 4.9 Rockers 8004/8005--Euro Full Size Full Size, Euro-Look Rocker Switches 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base circuit number and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection 4 How To Order--Full Size EURO, Non-Illuminated Example: 4 4 4 Rating Poles and Throw 4 1PST 4 1PDT 4 10A, 250 Vac 15A, 125 Vac 15A, 28 Vdc 4 2PDT 4 4 4 2PST 2PDT 2PDT Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position 2-3 2-3* 2-3 2-3 2-3* 2-3* 2-3, 5-6 2-3, 5-6* 2-3, 5-6 2-3, 5-6 2-3, 5-6* 2-3, 5-6* 2-3, 5-6 5-6 NONE OFF 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1* NONE OFF OFF NONE OFF OFF 5-6 5-3 2-1, 5-4 2-1, 5-4 2-1, 5-4 2-1, 5-4* OFF 5-1 0.250" Spade 8004K23 8004K35 8004K20 8004K26 8004K29 8004K32 8004K43 8004K55 8004K40 8004K46 8004K49 8004K52 8004K58 8004K61 Solder Lugs 8004K24 8004K36 8004K21 8004K27 8004K30 8004K33 8004K44 8004K56 8004K41 8004K47 8004K50 8004K53 8004K59 8004K62 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. Mounting Frame Color N = Black M = White T = Red G = Gray Screw 8004K25 8004K37 8004K22 8004K28 8004K31 8004K34 8004K45 8004K57 8004K42 8004K48 8004K51 8004K54 8004K60 8004K63 Example: Rating 4 Poles and Throw 1PST 4 1PDT 10A, 250 Vac 15A, 125 Vac 15A, 28 Vdc 4 2PST 2PDT 4 Rocker Style 0 = Recessed 1 = Two-face 6 = Paddle 7 = Concave Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position OFF NONE 2-3 2-3 2-3* 2-3* OFF 2-3, 5-6* 2-3, 5-6 2-1, 5-4 2-3, 5-6* 2-3, 5-6* NONE OFF OFF NONE OFF OFF NONE OFF OFF NONE OFF OFF 8005K23 4 Seal Option 1 = Non-sealed 2 = Sealed N 4 1 3 T 2-1 2-1* 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1* 2-1, 5-4 NONE 2-1, 5-4 2-3, 5-6 2-1, 5-4 2-1, 5-4* 0.250" Spade 8005K23 8005K35 8005K20 8005K26 8005K29 8005K32 8005K43 8005K55 8005K40 8005K46 8005K49 8005K52 Solder Lugs 8005K24 8005K36 8005K21 8005K27 8005K30 8005K33 8005K44 8005K56 8005K41 8005K47 8005K50 8005K53 2 1 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. Terminal Type DOWN Position Screw 8005K25 8005K37 8005K22 8005K28 8005K31 8005K34 8005K45 8005K57 8005K42 8005K48 8005K51 8005K54 Mounting Frame Color N = Black M = White T = Red G = Gray Bulb Voltage 1 = 125V Neon 2 = 250V Neon 3 = 14 Vdc 4 = 28 Vdc 7 = 18 Vdc * Momentary contact. 4 4 Rocker Color M = White T = Red V = Black G = Gray How To Order--EURO SR, Illuminated 4 4 1 * Momentary contact. 4 4 N 1 T Terminal Type DOWN Position OFF NONE OFF OFF 4 4 8004K23 Lamp Wiring 1 = Dependent 2 = Independent Rocker Style 2 = Recessed w/1 lens 3 = Two-face w/1 lens 4 = Two-face w/2 lenses 5 = Recessed w/2 lenses 8 = Concave w/1 lens 9 = Concave w/2 lenses Rocker Color M = White T = Red V = Black G = Gray Lens Color 2 = Red 3 = Green 4 = Amber 5 = No lens 6 = Blue Seal Option 1 = Non-sealed 2 = Sealed Notes 3A @ 250 Vac, 5A @ 125 Vac. 1/4 hp @ 125-250 Vac. All double-throw circuits, both 1PDT and 2PDT, provided with two lamps and two lenses (Rocker Style 4). When lamp is wired independent of circuit for 1PDT switches, device is supplied with lamp centered in open-Pole of base. Not standard available with lamp wired independent of circuit. All 2PDT switches must be dependent on circuit and use Rocker Style 4, 5 or 9. Not provided standard for double-throw circuits, both 1PDT and 2PDT. Must use Rocker Style 4, 5 or 9 for all double-throw switches. Available on single-pole versions only. 4 92 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4.9 Rockers 8004/8005--Euro Full Size Technical Data and Specifications 4 8004/8005--EURO Full Size 4 Item Specifications Ratings 15A @ 125 Vac; 10A @ 250 Vac; 3/4 hp @ 250 Vac (hp rating does not apply to lighted switches.) Switch ratings at 125 Vac also apply to 28 Vdc 1PST, 1PDT, 2PST and 2PDT; Maintained and momentary action Movable--Silver-plated copper with fine or coin silver contact face button Stationary--Copper with fine or coin silver contact face button Maintained--100,000 operations, minimum Momentary--25,000 operations, minimum 25,000 operations minimum at full load Standard 0.250 in (6.35 mm) spade--Brass Screw--Brass #6-32 x 3/16 (terminal screws provided unassembled) Solder--Tintillate-plated brass; tintillate spade terminals Thermoset molding material 1000V rms, minimum IP54 (with optional seal) Snap-in mounting with plastic bezel Circuits Contact Material Mechanical Life Electrical Life Terminal Types Base Material Dielectric Seal Level Mounting Means 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Non-Illuminated 4 Illuminated 1.970 0.010 (50.04 0.25) 4 1.970 0.010 (50.04 0.25) R 0.004 0.005 (R 0.125 0.13) R 0.004 0.005 (R 0.125 0.13) 1.440 0.010 (36.58 0.25) R 0.156 (R 3.96) Typ. 0.519 0.005 (13.18 0.13) 4 1.440 0.010 (36.58 0.25) R 0.156 (R 3.96) Typ. 0.519 0.005 (13.18 0.13) 4 4 Surface Length Along Bottom of Recess: 1.122 0.012 (28.50 0.31) 1.087 0.005 (27.61 0.13) 0.090 0.005 (2.29 0.13) 1.024 0.010 (26.01 0.25) 0.689 0.010 (17.50 0.25) Surface Length Along Bottom of Recess: 1.122 0.012 (28.50 0.31) 1.087 0.005 (27.61 0.13) 0.090 0.005 (2.29 0.13) R 0.060 (R 1.52) 0.080 (2.03) 0.080 (2.03) 0.031 (0.79) 0.250 0.032 (6.35 0.81) 0.001 (0.032) Thick 1 1 1.734 0.005 (44.04 0.13) Panel Opening Reference Only Thickness: 0.030 to 0.190 (0.76 to 4.83) Best Results Obtained From: 0.080 to 0.130 (2.03 to 3.30) 4 4 0.031 (0.79) 0.250 0.032 (6.35 0.81) 0.001 (0.032) Thick 0.328 0.015 (8.33 0.38) 2 3 4 0.440 0.010 (11.18 0.25) 1.602 0.029 (40.69 0.76) 4 0.328 0.015 (8.33 0.38) 2 3 4 1.734 0.005 (44.04 0.13) 4 5 6 0.687 0.015 (17.45 0.38) 0.867 0.005 (22.02 0.13) 4 4 0.395 0.029 (10.03 0.76) 0.440 0.010 (11.18 0.25) 1.602 0.029 (40.69 0.76) 4 4 R 0.060 (R 1.52) 0.395 0.029 (10.03 0.76) 0.867 0.005 (22.02 0.13) 1.024 0.010 (26.01 0.25) 0.689 0.010 (17.50 0.25) 4 5 4 6 0.687 0.015 (17.45 0.38) 4 Panel Opening Reference Only Thickness: 0.030 to 0.190 (0.76 to 4.83) Best Results Obtained From: 0.080 to 0.130 (2.03 to 3.30) 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 93 4.10 4 Rockers 8064/8065--ESPORT Contents 8064/8065 Series Description 4 Page NGR--New Generation Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SVR--Sealed Vehicle Rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dual Motion Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500/2500--Midsize AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1600/2600--Midsize AC Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rockette--General Purpose AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8006/8007--EURO SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8004/8005--Euro Full Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8064/8065--ESPORT Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Legend/Icon Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 4 4 4 4 36 59 68 70 74 81 88 91 95 96 96 97 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Product Description Features and Benefits The ergonomically designed ESPORT Series comes with a large, independent LEDilluminated indicator window that clearly identifies the switch's labeled function-- your label or ours. The switch can be ordered with an LED illuminated actuator, as well. All ESPORT switches are molded in a clean matte finish and operate with a definite tactile feel. Actuation of the switch feels crisp. Also, ESPORT switches will accept loads up to15A. Due to the LED's long life, lamp replacement should not be necessary. Contact Mechanism Slow-make/Slow-break contact mechanism. Butt action contact mechanism designed specifically for use on AC and low voltage DC applications. Tested in America's toughest truck applications, the ESPORT switch is reliable and durable and is available with a full range of rugged one- and two-pole circuits. It has an optional polarized lockon connector. Spade switch terminals are tin-plated for long storage life. Rocker Material Thermoplastic rocker actuators. Different colors are available. The rocker and the bezel are a high-grade nylon and are supplied with an aesthetically pleasing matte finish. Lamps Durable, long-life LED illumination; 14 Vdc is standard. Integral indicator is illuminated by two independent green, yellow or red LEDs while the actuator is lighted using one dependent LED. For additional LED voltages and/ or colors, contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. Options Lenses All switches can be ordered with either a frosted clear lens (Cat. No. 28-5555) or a translucent white lens (Cat. No. 28-5555-2). The clear lens will allow the maximum amount of diffused light to flow through your label or one of ours. The white lens is shipped unassembled to facilitate the addition of your engraved or pad-printed legend. Labels The lens area of the integral indicator will accept a label 0.750 x 0.450 and 0.010 in (19.05 x 11.43 x 0.25 mm) thick. Our selection of standard labels with white legends on black polycarbonate background can be found on Page 96. Mounting Means Snap-in mounting with plastic bezel. 4 4 4 Additional colors of rockers and mounting bezels are available Special circuits Special ratings Dry circuit capabilities Pad-printed legends on lens, rocker and bezel Special indicator legend labels Special LEDs and LED voltages Special actuators Reversing jumpers Solder terminals and other terminal types Wire leads Polarized lock-on connector: 28-5558 Full-size Euro-Look panel plugs: 17-19544-2 For information on optional features, contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. Standards and Certifications UL Recognized and recognized component for Canada (CUR marked): File 2702 RoHS Compliant 4 4 4 94 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. 4.10 Rockers 8064/8065--ESPORT ESPORT Full-Size Rocker Switches 4 To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base circuit number and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Selection How To Order--ESPORT, Non-Illuminated Example: Rating Poles and Throw 1PST 1PDT 15A, 125 Vac 15A, 28 Vdc 2PST 2PDT Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position 2-3 OFF 2-3 2-3 2-3* 2-3* 2-3, 5-6 OFF 2-3, 5-6 2-3, 5-6 2-3, 5-6* 2-3, 5-6* NONE NONE OFF NONE OFF OFF NONE NONE OFF NONE OFF OFF 8064K10 DOWN Position OFF 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-1* OFF 2-1, 5-4* 2-1, 5-4* 2-1, 5-4 2-1, 5-4 2-1, 5-4 L R Z 4 1 W 2 4 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. Base Circuit Number 8064K10 8064K11 8064K14 8064K12 8064K17 8064K16 8064K20 8064K21 8064K24 8064K22 8064K27 8064K26 Rocker Style S = 1" Paddle L = 1.5" Paddle B = Rocker Indicator LED Color R = Red Y = Yellow G = Green Rocker LED Color Z = None 4 4 Rocker Color B = Black W = White R = Red G = Gray LED Voltage 1 = 14 Vdc 2 = 28 Vdc 4 4 Lens Color 1 = Clear 2 = White 4 4 4 * Momentary contact. 4 How To Order--ESPORT, Illuminated Example: Rating 15A, 125 Vac 15A, 28 Vdc Poles and Throw 1PST Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position 2-3 OFF 8065K10 DOWN Position 2-1 Base Circuit Number 8065K10 S R Y 1 W 2 4 Code letters and/or numbers. Add to Base Circuit Number. 4 4 Rocker Style B = Rocker S = 1" Paddle * Momentary contact. Indicator LED Color R = Red Y = Yellow G = Green Rocker LED Color R = Red Y = Yellow G = Green Rocker Color B = Black W = White R = Red G = Gray LED Voltage 1 = 14 Vdc 2 = 28 Vdc Lens Color 1 = Clear 2 = White 4 4 4 4 4 Note White lenses are furnished unassembled. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 95 4.10 4 4 4 8064/8065--ESPORT Item Specifications Ratings 15A @ 125 Vac; 10A @ 250 Vac; 3/4 hp @ 250 Vac Switch ratings at 125 Vac also apply to 28 Vdc 1PST, 1PDT, 2PST and 2PDT Maintained and momentary action Movable--Silver-plated copper with silver contact face button Stationary--Copper with silver contact face button Maintained--100,000 operations, minimum Momentary--25,000 operations, minimum Switch--Standard 0.250 in (6.35 mm) spade, tintillate-plated brass Integral Indicator--0.110 x 0.032 in (2.79 x 0.813 mm) spade, tintillate-plated brass Thermoset molding material 1,000V rms, minimum Snap-in mounting with plastic bezel Circuits Contact Material 4 Mechanical Life 4 Terminal Types 4 Base Material Dielectric Mounting Means 4 Icon/Legend Selection 4 4 4 All labels below come with adhesive backing. Label legends are distinct and easily readable when illuminated from behind. Additional labels are available upon request. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. Icons and Legends Legend 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Ordering Code Style Dome Light Work Light 0055 TV/VCR 0065 Fridge 0066 Cruise ON/OFF Brake Select Brake ON/OFF Fan Override Cruise Set 4 8064/8065--ESPORT Technical Data and Specifications 4 4 Rockers Engine Brake Left Window Power Mirror Right Window 0056 0067 Icon Description Ordering Code Windshield Wiper SAE Specification No. J1362-0086 White graphic on a black background 0057 Windshield Washer SAE Specification No. J1362-0087 White graphic on a black background 0986 Master Lighting Switch SAE Specification No. J1362-5012 White graphic on a black background 0687 Fog Lights SAE Specification No. J1362-0633 White graphic on a black background 0684 Clearance/Position Light SAE Specification No. J1362-0456 White graphics on a black background 0686 0068 Helvetica Narrow 0.135 in (3.43 mm) high White translucent letters Opaque black background 0069 0071 0681 0682 0683 0688 0689 Note Ordering Code: If a standard label is required, add the Ordering Code to the end of ESPORT Switch part number preceded by a dash. Example: To order 8065K10BYR1B1 with the 0684 Fog Lights label, the part number will be 8065K10BYR1B1-0684. 4 4 4 4 4 4 96 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4.10 Rockers 8064/8065--ESPORT Dimensions 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Non-Illuminated and Illuminated 4 0.434 0.029 (11.02 0.76) 4 +7 1 2 3 4 0.100 0.010 (2.54 0.25) USA -8 4 5 1.598 0.029 (40.59 0.76) -8 4 5 6 Location of LED when Illuminated 6 2 PDT--Non-Illuminated Bottom View 0.110 (2.79) 0.004 (0.11) Thick 1 2 4 See Detail A for Label Dimensions 0.030 0.010 (0.76 0.25) 0.250 (6.35) 0.010 (0.25) Thick 4 4 1.064 0.012 (27.03 0.31) R 0.156 0.127 (R 3.96 3.23) +7 4 1.598 0.030 (40.59 0.76) 4 4 1.970 0.012 (50.04 0.31) 3 4 1.734 0.005 (44.04 0.13) USA 0.867 0.005 (22.02 0.13) -8 4 5 4 0.750 0.008 (19.05 0.20) Panel Opening 4 0.450 0.006 (11.43 0.15) 6 1 PST--Illuminated Bottom View Panel Opening Reference Only Thickness: 0.060 to 0.150 (1.52 to 3.81) 4 Label Dimensions Detail A 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 97 4.11 Rockers Accessories 4 Dimensions for NGR, EURO SR, Full Size Euro-Look and ESPORT Rocker Accessories 4 NGR Connector Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Euro/SR and Full Size Euro-Look Connector 0.962 0.029 (24.38 0.76) 2.180 (55.37) 1.815 0.059 (45.97 1.52) 4 0.910 (23.11) 8 6 0.812 (20.62) 1.877 0.059 (47.50 1.52) 1.335 0.005 (33.78 0.13) 4 5B 0.954 0.005 (24.13 0.13) 4 4 7 4 5A 4 1.255 (31.88) 1.400 (35.56) 4 4 4 4 NGR Connector Catalog Number 28-5637-2 accepts Packard 12015870 Metri-Pack terminals or AMP compatible connector 28-5940 accepts AMP terminals 42100-2. 0.812 (20.62) 0.698 (17.73) 0.976 (24.79) 4 4 4 1.400 (35.56) 4 Euro-Look and EURO/SR Connector Catalog Number 28-3426 accepts Packard 12015870 Metri-Pack terminals. 4 4 ESPORT Connector 4 4 4 4 Retaining hinge functions to keep parts intact through shipment and handling. Fracture of the hinges does not affect form, fit or function of the connector and its terminal retention features. Dimension Applies at Base of Snap Leg 4 4 4 1.697 0.020 (43.10 0.51) 3 6 2 5 ESPORT Connector Catalog Number 28-5558 Locations 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 accept 1.701 0.020 Packard 12015870 Metri-Pack terminals. (43.21 0.51) Locations 7 and 8 accept Packard 4 12034046 Metri-Pack terminals. 8 1 4 4 7 0.910 0.020 (23.11 0.51) 4 1.392 0.014 (35.36 0.38) 2.180 0.020 (55.37 0.51) 4 4 98 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4.11 Rockers Accessories Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Gang Mounting System 1.030 (26.16) R 0.125 (R 3.18) 2.060 (52.32) 4 0.867 (22.02) 4 4 1.734 (44.02) End Bezel 1.897 (48.18) 4 2.000 (50.8) 2.280 (57.91) (2) End Bezels (2) End Bezels and (1) Center Bezel 2.026 + 0.010 (51.46 + 0.25/- 0.000) 3.056 + 0.010 (77.62 + 0.51/- 0.000) 4 R 0.187 (R 4.75) R 0.165 (R 4.19) 0.661 (16.79) Bezel Catalog Numbers Panel Opening--Reference Only Thickness: 0.039 to 0.078 to 0.118 (1.00 to 2.00 to 3.00) NGR, Euro-Look and ESPORT Panel Plugs NGR 17-21160 17-21159 Euro-Look 17-19264 17-19263 C A 1.009 (25.63) Top View Euro-Look ESPORT NGR A 0.080 (2.03) 0.100 (2.54) B R 0.060 (R 1.52) R 0.080 (R 2.03) C 0.340 (8.64) 0.335 (8.51) D 0.530 (13.46) 0.550 (13.97) E R 0.156 (R 3.96) R 0.250 (R 6.35) E Panel plug Catalog Number 17-19544-2 for Use with Euro-Look and ESPORT. NGR panel plug Catalog Number 17-21543. 4 4 4 4 R 0.156 (R 3.96) 4 Part will also fit Eaton gang mounting boxes. Catalog Numbers 17-19263 and 17-19264 0.867 + 0.005/- 0.000 (22.02 + 0.13/- 0.00) 4 0.650 +0.010/ -0.001 (16.51 +0.25/ -0.02) 0.985 0.007 (25.02 0.20) 4 4 1.735 0.012 (44.07 0.31) 4 4 0.130 0.010 (3.30 0.25) 1.427 0.005 (36.25 0.13) Panel Opening Reference Only Thickness: 0.030 to 0.190 (0.76 to 4.83) 4 D 0.847 (21.51) 1.024 (26.01) 0.494 (12.55) Tolerence: +0.254/-0.000 (+ 0.254/-0.000) for Each Center Bezel up to a Maximum of + 0.0002 (+ 0.050) 1.255 + 0.009/ -0.001 (31.88 +0.25/ -0.03) 1.380 (35.05) 1.734 + 0.005/- 0.000 (44.04 + 0.13/- 0.00) 4 EURO SR Panel Plugs B 1.970 (50.04) Center Dimensions: 2.026 + 0.254/-0.00 (51.46 + 0.254/-0.000) Plus Number of Center Bezels Times 1.03 4 1.200 (30.48) End 1.900 0.020 (48.26 + 0.51/- 0.00) 1.900 0.020 (48.26 + 0.51/- 0.00) Bottom View 4 0.150 (3.81) 4 Panel Opening for 2 End Bezels 1.530 (38.86) 4 1.450 (36.83) 1.190 (30.23) 4 0.820 0.005 (20.83 0.13) 4 4 Panel Opening--Reference Only Thickness: 0.040 to 0.140 (1.01 to 3.55) Best Results Obtained From: 0.080 to 0.125 (2.03 to 3.17) 4 4 Panel Opening 4 0.680 0.830 (16.66) (21.08) 4 Panel Plug Catalog Number 53-3318 For Use with EURO/SR Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 99 4.12 4 4 Single Pole Rockers Technical Data 1 2 3 4 4 4 Double Pole 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 4 4 Four Pole 7 8 9 10 11 12 Terminal Identification Circuit Diagrams When specified on order, switches will have the terminals identified as shown in the illustration at right. Terminal markings will be ink-stamped on the side of the switch case and unused terminal positions will not be identified. Rocker Circuit Diagrams All views are rear of switch with keyway or at down as applicable. Terminal numbers 2, 2 and 5 and 5 and 8 are considered inboard terminals for single-, two- and four-pole switches respectively. All others are considered outboard. 4 4 4 4 4 "Three Independent" ON-ON-ON Circuit Diagram Single-Pole Connect Common to Terminals 2 4 Connect Circuit "A" to Terminals 6 Connect Circuit "B" to Terminals 4 4 Connect Circuit "C" to Terminals 1 4 4 3 ON Independent Circuit with Lever in ... UP No. ofPosition Poles Circuit A 4 4 1 PDT 4 1 Circuit Letter B 1PDT 2 3 D 2PDT 1 2 3 E 4PST 1 4 3 6 2 4 1 3 J 1PST 1 2 3 C 2PST Schematic I 2 Circuit 2 3 K 1PDT 5 6 L 2PST 4 5 6 2 5 8 11 3 6 9 12 F 4PDT ON-ON-ON Special Circuit Schematic A 1PST For switch modified with "Three Independent" ON-ON-ON Special Circuit. External Jumpers are required. User to connect wiring per instructions given below. Connection Points 4 Circuit Letter 7 10 8 11 9 12 1 4 2 5 3 6 G 1PST 4 M 2PST 2 4 1 3 N 2PDT P 1PDT 2 6 3 CENTER Position (Maintained) Circuit B DOWN Position (Keyway) H 1PDT 4 2 3 Q 2 Circuit 6 B A C C NC NO H G NC NO Circuit C 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 5 6 4 5 6 Legends Rocker Switch Legend Legend Rocker Switch Type Contact terminal--will make contact with switch lever 4 Isolated terminal--does not make contact with lever Center terminal and switch lever 4 Bulb Momentary contact 4 Denotes mechanical contact portion 4 See next page for Midsize Circuit Diagrams. See Page 45 for NGR Circuit Diagrams. 4 Notes Poles 11 and 12 may be eliminated for three-pole devices. Poles 10, 11 and 12 may be eliminated for three-pole devices. Dependent lamp. Independent lamp. Two circuit--indicates a special type of double-throw switch in which the two circuits being controlled may be independent of each other. For 206 Series, an additional lamp is available. Available in 1PDT or 2PDT. 4 4 4 4 100 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Rockers Technical Data 4.12 Midsize Switch Circuit Diagrams Non-Illuminated Circuit Number (Circuit Designator) Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position UP Position Schematic 1 1PST OFF 2 NONE ON Circuit Number (Circuit Designator) 18 1PST 1 2 1PST OFF 12 11 3 1PST OFF 2 NONE NONE ON MOM. ON 1 4 1PST OFF 2 1 5 1PDT NONE ON 3 ON NONE 3 ON 2 OFF 24 1PDT MOM. ON 2 NONE ON 2 3 ON OFF MOM. ON MOM. ON 2 3 OFF MOM. ON 1 12 2PST 13 2PDT 12 25 11 24 12 25 11 24 12 25 11 24 12 13 25 26 11 14 2PDT 13 12 26 25 16 2PDT 13 12 26 25 11 17 2PDT 11 NONE ON OFF NONE ON 4 4 2 12 11 4 24 12 11 OFF NONE ON OFF NONE MOM. ON MOM. OFF NONE ON ON NONE ON ON OFF ON MOM. ON NONE ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON ON NONE ON ON NONE ON MOM. ON NONE MOM. ON ON NONE ON -- -- -- 4 25 26 3 1 4 4 2 12 11 4 13 25 26 24 13 26 25 25 1PDT 4 4 4 26 25 26 1PDT 26 13 24 27 2PST OFF NONE ON 28 2PST OFF NONE MOM. ON 29 2PST 4 MOM. OFF NONE ON 30 2PDT ON 31 2PDT ON NONE 25 4 4 4 26 25 13 24 12 11 ON OFF ON MOM. ON NONE ON ON OFF MOM. ON 24 25 4 4 24 25 12 11 24 13 26 12 25 11 24 12 25 11 24 4 4 4 4 32 Indicator 4 3 2 4 Notes Terminal numbers 1, 2 and 3 denote single-pole base. Terminal numbers 11, 12, 113, 24, 25 and 26 denote double-pole base. Single-pole in double-pole base with lamp independently wired. Double-pole--independently wired lamp. 4 4 4 24 12 26 13 OFF 24 15 2PDT 11 3 1 24 13 12 26 25 11 4 Schematic 13 24 1 11 2PST UP Position ON 1 10 2PST 4 Circuit with Rocker In ... DOWN CENTER Position Position 13 24 3 9 1PDT 21 1PST 23 1PDT 1 8 1PDT 20 1PST ON 1 7 1PDT 19 1PST 22 1PDT 2 6 1PDT 4 Illuminated 25 MOM. ON OFF MOM. ON 4 24 4 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 101 4.13 4 4 Rockers Symbols Library NGR and SVR Symbols Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Catalog Number Suffix Inscription AA AQ BF BU AB AR BG BV AC AS BH BW AD AT BI BX AE AU BJ AF AV BK AG AW BL AH AX BM AJ AY BN AK BA BP AL BB BQ CE AM BC BR CF AN BD BS 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 OVER RIDE BY BZ 4 4 CA 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 M M M CB 1 2 3 1 2 CC CD 4 4 4 4 CG SEO 4 AP BE 4 4 4 DIAGNOSTIC Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. 102 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com BT CR CH Rockers Symbols Library 4.13 NGR and SVR Symbols Inscription SET/COAST Catalog Number Suffix CI 4 Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription CX Catalog Number Suffix Inscription DN Catalog Number Suffix EC 4 RES/ACCEL REGLER/ CJ CY DP 4 ED 4 ROUE LIBRE CK DA DQ 4 EE AJUSTAR 4 CL DB DR CM DC DS CN DD 4 EG DT 4 4 EH ETHER VELOCIDAD P 4 RESUME ACCEL VOLVERA 4 EF SET CRUISE REPRENDRE/ 4 CP DE DU 4 4 EI 4 CQ DF DV 4 EJ 4 R CR DG DW EK 4 4 CS DH CT DJ CU DK START STOP DX EL DY EM DZ EN EO 4 4 4 4 4 ABS 4 CV DL EA CW DM EB B/U CAMERA 4 4 EP 4 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 103 4.13 4 4 Rockers Symbols Library NGR and SVR Symbols Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription EQ 4 Inscription FE Catalog Number Suffix FS ASR 4 ER Inscription MICRO Catalog Number Suffix GG WAVE FF 4 FT GH FU GI FV GJ OVERRIDE 4 ES FG WC 4 4 R 4 4 LOW DOCKING ET FH DOCKING EU FI DECEL FW CORNERING 4 4 UNLOAD GK TAG EV FJ FX GL EW FK FY GM EX FL FZ GN EY FM GA GP EZ FN GB GQ FA FO GC GR FB FP 4 4 4 H 1 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 TEST 4 4 GD GS ABS 4 FC 4 FQ GE GT GF GU DEST. 4 FD FR 4 VOLT 4 4 110 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. 104 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Rockers Symbols Library 4.13 NGR and SVR Symbols Inscription Catalog Number Suffix 4 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription GV Inscription HM Catalog Number Suffix JD OD GW HN Inscription AUDIO VIDEO JE Catalog Number Suffix JT 4 4 4 JU 4 2 GY HP JF 4 JV 4 HA HQ JG 4 JW READ L R CRUISE HB HC LAMP TEST HS JH HD 4 JJ HF HG PASILLO 4 HT ASR WC JK R R MIRROR CLEAN HU WC JL HV HW JM wash JN HH HY JP HJ JA JQ JB JR HK km/h HL 4 KA 4 DOOR JC JS TV 4 JZ 4 SECUENCIA DE DIAGNOSTICO 4 JY AUX HE DUMP 4 JX 1 ON-OFF LUZ HR 4 MAX TRAN REMOTE CONTROL TRACTION CONTROL BLINK CODE HAND THROT ENG DIAG KB 4 4 KC 4 4 KD 4 4 KE 4 4 KF 4 4 KG 4 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 105 4.13 4 4 Rockers Symbols Library NGR and SVR Symbols Inscription Catalog Number Suffix KH 4 INTARDER 4 CMU 4 4 KI KJ 4 4 CRUISE SET HIGH IDLE 4 4 4 4 KK KL Inscription GEN. START LOW 12 V. LOW 110 V. AIR HORN STEP SLIDE Catalog Number Suffix KV 4 LJ KW EXH BRK KX LK LL 24V. CHARGER KY KZ AQUA HOT HEAT EXCHGR LM LN KM LA KN LB LP LC LQ LD LR KQ LE LS KR LF LT AIR COMPSR LO DIAG 4 4 KO 4 KP 4 OVER LOAD DRIVE AXLE 4 4 TRACTION CONTROL 4 4 CRUISE SELECT TEST ALARMS PA 4 KS 4 DEST 4 12 V. KT 4 MASTER B/U LIGHTS KU 4 4 LG AUX HYD OVERHEAT 4 4 Catalog Number Suffix EXIT SANDERS 4 Inscription LH VIDEO LI ENTER G-AUX START CNTR A/C REAR A/C Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. 106 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com LU LV LW 4.13 Rockers Symbols Library NGR Only Symbols Inscription Catalog Number Suffix LX DIAG LY CODE LZ POSITION LIGHT MASTER WARN UPPER WARN LOWER WARN COMPT LIGHTS WORK LIGHTS FAST IDLE MIRROR HEAT GEN PTO MA RIGHT SCENE ML REAR SCENE MM STOP START MN BATT IGN MO Inscription Catalog Number Suffix NB Inscription REAR HEAT NP 4 NQ ND 4 4 NR DEC. FRONT A/C NE NF MS 1 2 4 4 NS 4 WHT LT DISABLE NG 4 NT 4 4 NU OPTCOM MD MT ME MU TWO TONE HORNS MF MV SIREN AMP TWO TONES MG PUMP PTO MH MW MX CRUISE MJ MK RES/ ACCEL MY SET/ COAST MZ RETARD ON/OFF NA 4 4 INC. MP MC Catalog Number Suffix NC RETARDER WIGWAG LEFT SCENE Inscription MB MI SIREN BRAKE 4 Catalog Number Suffix 4 FUEL PRIME NH AERIAL PTO NI AIRHRN HORN NJ SIREN HORN NK Q2B HORN NL SIREN Q2B HORN NM AIRHRN Q2B HORN NN AIRHRN SIREN HORN NO LEFT QTZ LT NV RIGHT QTZ LT NW DECK LIGHT NX ADD'L STROBE NY REAR QTZ LT NZ 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 PA 4 MODE 4 PB H 4 4 PC 4 1 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 107 4.13 4 Symbols Library NGR Only Symbols Inscription 4 4 4 4 4 Catalog Number Suffix VOLUME UP PS PE VOLUME DOWN PT FRONT BLIND PF MUTE ON SIDE BLIND PG MUTE OFF Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix RG RW RH RX PU RI RY PV RJ RZ PH PW RK SA PI RL SB 4 4 Inscription PD AUX LIGHTS 4 Catalog Number Suffix CHECK ENGINE ON 4 4 OFF 4 4 GEN STRT STOP/PRHT 4 4 B.O. SELECT 4 PJ PK DISPLAY POWER 4 Rockers PX CRUISE ADJ PY HILL HOLDER PZ PL 4 D RM SC H RN SD RA RP SE RB RQ SF ABS CODE 4 4 4 4 4 4 B.O. LIGHTS 4 PM LEFT DRV PN RC RS SG RIGHT DRV PP RD RT SH RE RU SJ RF RV SK PQ 4 INVERTER 4 PR AISLE LAMPS OVER LOAD DRIVE AXLE 4 4 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. 108 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4.13 Rockers Symbols Library NGR Only Symbols Catalog Number Suffix Inscription 4 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription SL TA Inscription Catalog Number Suffix GPFU SM CHEM ALARM SN Inscription TQ Catalog Number Suffix UE 4 SAW TB TR 4 4 UF 4 TC TS 4 UG Mode 4 SP TD TT 4 UH 4 SQ TE TU 4 UK 4 OFF ROAD TRACTION SR TF TV 4 UL 4 SS TG OVER LOAD DRIVE AXLE TW 4 UM 4 ST TH TX 4 UN 4 SU INTERAXLE TJ TY UP 4 4 SV TK TZ UR SW TL UA US SX TM UB UT AUX HYD SY TN UC UU HYD ENABLE SZ TP UD UV 4 8X8 4 0 1 2 4 4 4 ABS 4 SUSP RECOVER 4 4 4 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 109 4.13 4 Symbols Library NGR Only Symbols Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription UW Catalog Number Suffix Catalog Number Suffix Inscription VM 4 4 UX 4 UY WU OVHD FAN WE WV CEILING LIGHTS 4 VA 4 4 VB 4 4 VC 4 4 VD 4 4 H/O VE 4 VF 4 4 VG 4 4 REAR 4 VH 4 OPEN 4 VGT BRK VS ASI RESET VT CURT. UP VU CURT. DOWN VV BROOM IN VW BROOM OUT VX B.O. LIGHTS VY ABS BLINK CODE 4 VR VK CLOSE 4 WG WH WJ WZ PEDALS WK XA ATC WL WM XC SHOCKS WN VZ WB XB ENGINE BRAKE 0 XD AIR DUMP WP XE TAG AXLE WR T M B Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. 110 WY DRVR SHADE WA MUD/SNOW TRACTION WX GENERATOR MIRROR SELECT VL WW BATTERY BOOST 4 4 WF 3 4 DOOR BYPASS 2 UZ 1 4 4 WT WD VP Catalog Number Suffix MIRROR HEAT MAN VN 4 Inscription WC AUTO 4 Rockers Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com XF FOG LIGHTS WS XG DIMMER Rockers Symbols Library 4.13 NGR Only Symbols Inscription Catalog Number Suffix 4 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription XH Inscription XY Catalog Number Suffix XJ XZ YP DOCKING LIGHTS XK ENGINE BLOCK HEAT XL YA YB YC XN SILENT WATCH XP YD YS ENGINE START YT XR YU YF 4 4 ZG LOCK CAMERA AIR BAY LIGHTS 4 ZF UNLOCK ENGINE STOP YE STEP 4 LM OVRRDE ZH E SHUT DWN ZJ YV 4 4 4 4 4 ZK WINDOW XS YG BATT CUTOFF 4 YW ZL 4 CTIS XT YH XU IR SELECT YJ IR DRIVE YK PASS SHADE XV NBC XW 4 YX ZM YY ZN YZ ZP YL ZA ZR YM ZB ZS STEP COVER T-CASE LOW 4 4 4 TANK 2 4 4 TANK 1 4 4 CRUISE XX 4 ZE YR IGNITION XM 4 4 PORCH LIGHT AUX SUPPLY 4 ZD YQ 4 4 ROAD AQUA HOT ENGINE PREHEAT HANDLE STEP LIGHTS ZC PUMP CTIS HEADLIGHTS Inscription YN Catalog Number Suffix ABS OFF-RD 4 4 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 111 4.13 4 4 Rockers Symbols Library NGR Only Symbols Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription ZT Catalog Number Suffix Catalog Number Suffix Inscription H1 Y1 N 4 4 ZU CAMERA 4 4 J1 ZV VIDEO 4 4 Z1 K1 GAUGE MODE A2 R2 ZW L1 ZX M1 C2 1 T2 FRONT BRAKE ZY N1 D2 2 U2 TIRE CHAINS ZZ P1 A1 R1 4 4 ATC OFF ROAD B2 FRONT QTZ LT 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 B1 4 S1 400V 4 C1 4 T1 230V 4 D1 4 MC 4 E1 4 FRONT SIDE / REAR F1 4 G1 4 B.O. SELECT IDLE GAUGE UP/DWN GAUGE MODE ENG AFES CREW AFES V1 W1 X1 ABS DIAG E2 V2 F2 W2 ECO G2 X2 AUX H2 Y2 J2 Z2 K2 HORN Q2B MASTER DUMP M2 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com A3 EXTERN L2 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. 112 S2 ABS 4 4 120V U1 4 4 P2 REGEN N L H F1 N2 PEDALS L HP Catalog Number Suffix Inscription B3 INTERN GEN ENGAGE C3 Rockers Symbols Library 4.13 NGR Only Symbols D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3 PEDAL PEDAL BAT XOVER BAT O/RIDE L3 M3 N3 P3 4 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription AIRHRN ALT AH T3 DIFF LOCK U3 HORN AIRHORN SIREN V3 MIL W3 ATC OVRRDE X3 OUTRGR LASER Y3 AER QTZ LT Z3 FOG LIGHTS A4 BATTLE SHORT Inscription Catalog Number Suffix MENU UP MENU DOWN Q3 HORN SIREN DOME LIGHT S3 ROTORAY Y4 REGEN INHBT 4 4 J4 4 Z4 4 K4 4 A5 4 L4 4 B5 4 M4 4 C5 4 N4 4 D5 ESC BODY QTZ LT 4 P4 4 E5 4 R4 4 F5 4 REV B4 S4 FWD C4 TILT T4 UP D4 TILT U4 DOWN E4 NO ARMOR Inscription H4 Catalog Number Suffix REGEN ARMOR R3 Inscription Catalog Number Suffix V4 REV F4 W4 KNEEL TST 1 TST 2 TST 3 G5 4 4 H5 4 4 J5 4 4 K5 4 4 L5 4 SAVE FWD G4 AUX PUMP 4 X4 DOOR LOCK M5 4 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 113 4.13 4 4 Rockers Symbols Library NGR Only Symbols Inscription 4 4 4 4 TELMA RTDR N5 SIREN AIRHORN HORN P5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Q5 FLASHING LIGHT Z5 REAR HEATER R5 CAMERA LIGHT A6 T/G OPEN S5 HYD FILTER TRANS TEMP OIL LEVEL T5 PUMP 4 Catalog Number Suffix X5 PLATFORM LEVEL Y5 B6 C6 RUMBLER U5 V5 W5 4 Inscription STROBE LIGHT WORK LIGHT PUMP PANEL LTS 4 Catalog Number Suffix D6 GRND LT RED INT LT E6 Inscription WHT INT LT VAC PUMP PRESS MODE VENT VALVE DRIVER VALVE OFFICER VALVE REAR VALVE MASTER POWER F6 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. 114 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Catalog Number Suffix G6 H6 J6 K6 L6 M6 N6 P6 Rockers Symbols Library 4.13 SVR Only Symbols Catalog Number Suffix Inscription 4 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription LX LY Inscription NB Catalog Number Suffix NR MN NC 4 NS 4 2 MA MP ND 4 NT EXHST BRK MB 4 4 1 SHDN OVRD HI RPM LOW RPM Inscription MM SET/CST 2 Catalog Number Suffix 4 MQ NE 4 NU 4 MC MR NF 4 NV 4 MD MS NG 4 NW 4 TEST ME MT NH 4 NX 4 P MF MU P MG MH MV NJ F N MW 4 NY 4 NK NZ 4 4 NL PA 4 AUX WARN 4 MI MX NM PB MJ MY NN PC MK MZ NP PD ML NA NQ PE 4 4 4 4 OVER LOAD 4 4 4 RSM/ACC 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 115 4.13 4 4 Rockers Symbols Library SVR Only Symbols Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix PF PU QJ QY PG PV QK QZ PH PW QL PI PX QM 4 4 4 AUTO 4 4 4 4 SET ACCEL RESUME DECEL RA RB CTIS 4 PJ PY QN RC PK PZ QP RD 4 4 WINCH 4 4 PL QA QQ RE CRANE 4 4 PM QB QR QC QS QD QT RH PQ QE QU RJ PR QF QV RK PS QG QW RL PT QH QX RM 4 AUTO PN 4 AUTO 4 n/min PP 4 AUTO MODE MAN MODE RF RG AUTO 4 n/min 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 AUTO 4 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. 116 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Rockers Symbols Library 4.13 SVR Only Symbols Inscription Catalog Number Suffix 4 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription RN SC Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription SS Catalog Number Suffix TG 4 4 RP SD ST 4 TH 4 RQ SE SU 4 TJ 4 RR SF RS SG SV RPM CTRL SW 4 TK 4 4 TL 4 RT SH SX 4 TM 4 RU SJ SY 4 TN 4 SK SZ 4 TP 4 SL TA CHEM ALARM RW ENG DIAG RV TQ 4 4 RX SM TB TR RY SN TC TS RZ SP TD TT SA SQ TE TU SB SR TF TV 4 4 4 4 P 4 4 4 4 4 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 117 4.13 4 4 Rockers Symbols Library SVR Only Symbols Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Catalog Number Suffix Inscription TW UL VA VQ TX UM VB VR TY UN VC VS TZ UP VD UA UQ VE VU UB UR VF VV UC US VG VW UD UT VH VX UU VJ VY UV VK VZ UG UW VL WA UH UX VM WB UJ UY VN WC UK UZ VP 4 4 4 4 4 FAULT 4 VT OK 4 4 4 P 4 4 4 4 4 4 UE 4 F 4 UF 4 LH 4 4 4 AUTO 4 RH 4 4 4 4 4 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. 118 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 2 1 WD Rockers Symbols Library 4.13 SVR Only Symbols Inscription Catalog Number Suffix 4 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription WE Inscription WU Catalog Number Suffix Inscription XL Catalog Number Suffix YA 4 4 WF WV XM 4 YB 4 WG WX XN 4 YC 4 WH WY XP CODE WJ WZ 4 YD SET/RES XQ 4 4 YE 4 WK XA XR 4 YF 4 WL XB XS 4 YG 4 AUTO WM WN XC F XT 4 YH 4 XD R XU YJ 4 4 WP XE XV YK WQ XF XW YL WR XG XX YM WS XH XY YN XZ YP 4 SHIFT 4 4 4 4 4 WT 4 ABS ECO XJ 4 4 PWR 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 4 119 4.13 4 4 Rockers Symbols Library SVR Only Symbols Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix YQ ZE ZV YR ZF ZW YS ZG ZX YT ZH ZY YU ZJ ZZ YV ZK A1 YW ZL B1 YX ZM C1 YY ZN D1 YZ ZP E1 ZA ZR F1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 RPM 4 4 ZB ZS ZC ZT H1 ZD ZU J1 RPM G1 4 4 4 4 4 4 Additional icons are available. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. SAE Specification No. J1362. 120 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Special Devices Snap Switch 5.1 Snap Switch Pushbutton Actuator Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 5.4 124 125 125 Keylock Switches, General Purpose/Heavy Duty--AC/DC Rated Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Door Interlock 5 5 5 127 127 127 128 5 129 130 130 130 5 Locking Rocker Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 Door Interlock Switch Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3 122 123 123 5 5 5 5 5 Keylock 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Locking Rocker 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 121 5.1 5 Special Devices Snap Switch Pushbutton Actuator Contents Snap Switch Pushbutton Actuator Description Page Snap Switch Pushbutton Actuator Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Door Interlock Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Keylock Switches, General Purpose/Heavy Duty--AC/DC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Locking Rockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Product Description These non-illuminated pushbutton actuators complement our S Series snap switch line. The actuators are available in three different nonilluminated versions. The line is complete with attractive colored pushbutton caps for color coding applications. Options Two of the series of superstructures are available with attractive mounting collars. They come in a variety of colors and act as a protective collar around the operating button to prevent accidental operation of the switch. 5 These superstructures are designed for installation in a 0.475 in (12.07 mm) diameter mounting hole. All series are supplied with a flat surface on the bushing to prevent rotation. In the series requiring the mounting collar, the collar itself is the facenut tightening the switch/ superstructure assembly down to the panel. NO and NC circuits Pad printed buttons Other colors available PC terminals available Round 0.700 in (17.78 mm) button, different heights 5 5 5 Catalog Number Selection How To Order--Snap Switch Pushbutton Actuators To determine complete catalog number, start with the appropriate base and add the appropriate code letters and/or numbers. Example: 5 5 5 Base Prefix SA37BC = Snap switch pushbutton actuator 5 Switch Type E = High electrical B = Long life Terminals 1 = Screw 2 = Solder lug 3 = Quick Connect (0.19 in) 4 = Quick Connect (0.25 in) 5 = Short solder lug 5 5 5 SA37BC B 2 5 -4 A1 Superstructure Style 2 = Round 0.70 in (17.78 mm) dia. 5 = Rectangular 0.77 x 0.61 in (19.43 x 15.37 mm) 4 = Round 0.55 in (13.97 mm) dia. Note Not available with decorative shroud. 5 5 5 122 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Pushbutton Color -2 = Red -4 = Blue -5 = Yellow -6 = Green -9 = Black -10 = White -11 = Gray -12 = Orange Pushbutton Shroud Color Round Button Shroud A1 = White A5 = Gray A6 = Black Rectangular Shroud B1 = White B5 = Gray B6 = Black 5.1 Special Devices Snap Switch Pushbutton Actuator Technical Data and Specifications 5 Snap Switch Pushbutton Actuators--High Electrical and Long Life 5 High Electrical Long Life 1 (one snap switch) momentary 1 (one snap switch) momentary 5 UL Recognized and CSA Certified 15A, 125-250 Vac 1/2 hp, 125-250 Vac 1/2A, 125 Vdc 1/4A, 250 Vdc 10A, 125-250 Vac 1/3 hp, 125-250 Vac 1/2A, 125 Vdc 1/4A, 250 Vdc 5 28 Vdc Sea level: 10A, resistive or inductive 6A, motor load 50,000 ft: 10A, resistive/6A inductive Sea level: 10A, resistive or 6A inductive 6A, motor load 3.6A, lamp load 50,000 ft: 10A, resistive/6A inductive 5 Operation Force 6 to 14 oz 8 oz max. 5 Release Force 4 oz min. 2 oz min. Pretravel 0.05 in (1.19 mm) max. 0.05 in (1.19 mm) max. Differential Travel 0.02 in (0.41 mm) max. 0.02 in (0.41 mm) max. Number of Poles Electrical Rating Operation Characteristics 5 5 Overtravel 0.04 in (1.01 mm) min. 0.04 in (1.01 mm) min. Mechanical Life 150,000 operations min. with min. median of 1 million 1 million operations min. with min. median of 10 million Operation Position 0.58 in 0.02 in (14.7 mm 0.5 mm) 0.58 in 0.02 in (14.7 mm 0.5 mm) Free Position 0.64 in (16.2 mm) max. 0.64 in (16.2 mm) max. 5 5 5 Dimensions 5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Rectangular Cap Style 0.237 (6.01) 0.115 (2.92) C-H 0.032 (0.81) Typ. 0.110 (2.79) 0.035 (0.88) 5 0.080 (2.03) 5 0.973 (24.71) Flat This Side 0.406 (10.31) S NC NO 0.700 (17.78) Dia. 15/32 Dia. Nom. 32 Threads per Inch 0.973 (24.71) 0.227 0.645 (5.76) (16.38) 5 0.941 (23.90) Dia. 1.024 (26.00) Dia. 0.764 (19.40) Dia. 15/32 Dia. Nom. 32 Threads per Inch 5 Round Cap Style--0.70 in (17.78 mm) 1.646 (41.80) 1.170 (29.71) 0.115 (2.92) 0.227 0.650 (5.76) (16.51) COM 0.126 (3.20) 0.114 (2.89) 5 Flat This Side 0.032 (0.81) Typ. C-H NC NO 0.795 (20.19) 0.875 (22.23) 5 5 0.406 (10.31) S 5 COM 0.114 (2.89) 0.110 (2.79) 0.035 (0.88) 1.489 (37.82) 1.170 (29.71) 5 0.126 (3.20) 5 0.795 (20.19) 0.875 (22.23) 5 5 Round Cap Style--0.55 in (14.0 mm) 5 0.550 (13.97) Dia. Note: Switch base is the same as the 17.78 mm style. 0.458 (11.63) 5 5 0.550 (14.09) 5 5 5 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 123 5.2 5 Special Devices Door Interlock Switch Contents Door Interlock Switch Description Page Snap Switch Pushbutton Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Door Interlock Switch Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Keylock Switches, General Purpose/Heavy Duty--AC/DC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Locking Rockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Product Description Door interlock switches are attached to the door of equipment where it is necessary to turn power on or off when the door is closed or opened. This type of control is used in applications where maintenance and testing must be performed inside a cabinet. Interlock switches are supplied with one 1PDT snap action switch or two 1PDT miniature snap action switches. The snap action switches are mounted in a frame and a single actuator that is spring loaded operates the switch. When mounted in a door, the closing of the door forces the actuator against the spring, thereby closing the switch. When the door is open, the actuator springs out, thereby opening the power circuit. The interlock switch has a service position, which allows service personnel to turn power on even when the cabinet door is open. When the door is closed, the switch automatically resets to the normal closed position. Features Options Mounting Tapped holes are provided for mounting in either of two positions--2-screw side or front panel mounting. Mounting hardware is not provided. Standards and Certifications Product Selection 5 Door Interlock Switch 5 Amperes 125-250 Vac 125 Vdc 250 Vdc Horsepower 125-250 Vac Number of Poles 15 0.5 0.25 1/2 One 5 15 5 0.5 0.25 1/2 Two Features Screw Terminal Catalog Number #6-32 Tapped hole in actuator 0.375 in deep SS12ET10-20Y2 -- SS12ET10-20Y3 #6-32 Tapped hole in actuator 0.375 in deep SS12ET10-21Y2 -- SS12ET10-21Y3 5 5 5 5 124 5 5 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Special circuits Solder lug, spade, and PC terminations Special actuators UL Recognized CSA Certified Special Devices Door Interlock Switch 5.2 Technical Data and Specifications 5 Door Interlock Switch Nominal Ratings Operating Features Materials and Finishes 5 Sea level: 10A, resistive or inductive; 6A, motor load Free position: 0.38 in (9.53 mm) max. Bracket--stainless steel 5 50,000 feet: 10A, resistive; 6A, inductive Operate position: 0.20 in (5.12 mm) max. Actuator: Single-pole--molded noryl; Double-pole--stainless steel 5 Depressed position: 0.13 in (3.17 mm) max. Spring--stainless steel 5 Insulator--glass cloth 5 Note For switch material and finish, contact Eaton Customer Service. 5 Dimensions 5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 One-Pole 4 Mtg. Holes 6-32 NC Thd. 4 Mtg. Holes 6-32 NC Thd. Side Panel Measurement 0.520 (13.21) 0.812 (20.63) 0.406 (10.31) 0.500 (12.70) 5 0.179 (4.55) 5 5 0.250 (6.35) 0.218 (5.54) 5 Terminal Insulators Free Position 0.375 (9.53) Max. 1.880 (47.75) 1.660 (42.16) Max. 5 5 Two-Pole 4 Mtg. Holes 6-32 NC Thd. Side Panel Measurement 0.520 (13.21) 4 Mtg. Holes 6-32 NC Thd. 0.812 (20.63) 5 0.179 (4.55) 5 0.437 (11.10) 5 1.812 (46.03) 0.906 (23.01) Free Position 0.375 (9.53) Max. 1.880 (47.75) 5 0.250 (6.35) 0.218 (5.54) Terminal Insulators 5 1.660 (42.16) Max. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 125 5.3 5 Special Devices Keylock Switches, General Purpose/Heavy Duty--AC/DC Rated Contents General Purpose and Heavy Duty Keylocks Description Page Snap Switch Pushbutton Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Door Interlock Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Keylock Switches, General Purpose/Heavy Duty--AC/DC Rated Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Locking Rockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Product Description Features 5 General Purpose Termination Types Mounting Means General Purpose Solder Lugs--Brass silverplated General Purpose Threaded Bushing--0.468 in (11.89 mm) dia. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 These keylock switches provide reliable performance in a space-saving design. They all use Quick-make/ Quick-break switching mechanisms, with wiping action blades for self-cleaning contacts. Heavy Duty These switches have a Slowmake/Slow-break switching mechanism with large butt type contacts. Their high current switching capability allows them to be used for locking switching circuits in power applications. Heavy Duty 7842 Series Screw Terminals--Brass designed to accept #7-32 x 3/16 binding head (Cat. No. 11-6085-2) screws. Furnished unassembled. 7846 Series Quick Connect Terminals-- Brass Keyway--0.062-0.067 in wide x 0.035-0.370 deep (1.55-1.70 mm wide x 0.89-0.94 mm deep. Hardware Supplied-- 1 hexnut (Cat. No. 15-192) and 1 chamfered dress nut (Cat. No. 15-994-2) Furnished unassembled. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 126 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Heavy Duty 7842 Series Slotted Bushing--0.468 in (11.89 mm) dia. Hardware Supplied-- 4 terminal screws (Cat. No. 11-6085-2) and 1 hexnut (Cat. No. 15-2525-58). Furnished unassembled. 7846 Series Hardware Supplied-- 2 hexnuts (Cat. No. 15-2525-59). Special Devices Keylock Switches, General Purpose/Heavy Duty--AC/DC Rated 5.3 Product Selection 5 General Purpose Keylock AC/DC Switches Poles and Throw Rating 5 Circuit with Key in ... (Keyway Down) CENTER LEFT Position RIGHT Position (Keyway) Position Key Removal Position Solder Lug Terminal Catalog Number 5 6A, 125 Vac/dc 3A, 250 Vac/dc 1PST -- -- OFF OFF ON ON CENTER CENTER and RIGHT 8928K492 8928K493 5 6A, 125 Vac/dc 1A, 250 Vac/dc 1PDT -- ON ON CENTER and RIGHT 8928K494 5 6A, 125 Vac/dc 1-1/2A, 250 Vdc 1PDT -- ON ON CENTER 8283K150 5 6A, 125 Vac/dc 3A, 250 Vdc 2PST -- -- ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF -- CENTER CENTER LEFT 8370K150 8370K151 8370K152 5 6A, 125 Vac/dc 3A, 250 Vac/dc 2PST -- OFF ON CENTER and RIGHT 8928K495 5 6A, 125 Vac/dc 3A, 250 Vdc 2PDT -- -- ON ON ON ON CENTER CENTER and RIGHT 8373K150 8373K151 5 5 Heavy Duty Keylock AC Rated Switches Rating Circuit Action Key Removal Slotted Bushing Length Position Inches mm Type of Termination Key Style Catalog Number 2PST OFF-ON (Clockwise) OFF Screw A (13-5496) 7842K2 5 7842 Type Series 20A, 120 Vac 20A, 240 Vac 1-1/2 hp, 120 Vac 2 hp, 240 Vac 0.56 14.3 5 5 5 7846 Type Series 20A, 120 Vac 20A, 240 Vac 1-1/2 hp, 120 Vac 2 hp, 240 Vac 2PST OFF-ON-OFF-ON OFF 0.50 12.7 Quick Connect E (13-8173) 7846K1 5 5 Note Not CSA Certified. 5 5 Accessories Keys for Locking Switches Key Selection 13-5496 Additional keys may be ordered from the Key Selection table. Key styles shown match those listed for specific switches in the Product Selection tables above. Where Used 13-8171 13-8173 5 Catalog Number General purpose and heavy duty series 13-5496 5 Security locking bracket 13-8171 5 7846K1 13-8173 5 5 5 Technical Data and Specifications 5 Keylock Switches, General Purpose/Heavy Duty--AC/DC Rated General Purpose Heavy Duty Circuits 1PST, 1PDT, 2PST, 2PDT Maintained action 2PST, 2-Circuit Maintained Contact Mechanism Quick-make/Quick-break wiping action Slow-make/Slow-break butt contact Contact Material Movable--Bronze silver-plated Stationary--Brass silver-plated Movable--Silver cadmium oxide Stationary--Silver cadmium oxide 5 5 5 5 5 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 127 5.3 Special Devices Keylock Switches, General Purpose/Heavy Duty--AC/DC Rated 5 Dimensions 5 8928K493--1PST/1PDT 5 5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 0.196 (4.97) 0.198 (5.03) 0.200 (5.08) 0.516 (13.11) 0.516 (13.11) 0.471 (11.96) Dia. 0.473 (12.01) 0.056 (1.42) 0.068 (1.73) 18 18 Mtg. Hole Mtg. Hole Key Removable in Both Positions 15/32-32 Thds. 0.061 (1.55) 0.063 (1.60) Key Removable in Both Positions 15/32-32 Thds. 0.545 (13.84) 0.490 (12.45) 5 5 0.841 (21.36) 1.080 (27.43) 0.750 (19.05) 0.960 (24.38) 1.080 (27.43) 5 1.375 (34.92) 0.687 (17.45) 5 5 18 0.471 (11.96) Dia. 0.473 (12.01) 0.056 (1.42) 0.068 (1.73) 5 5 0.196 (4.97) 0.198 (5.03) 0.200 (5.08) 18 5 5 8373K151--2PST/2PDT 0.010 (0.25) 0.220 (5.59) 0.823 (20.90) 0.735 (18.67) 5 5 7842K2--2PST 5 5 5 5 7846K1--2PST Keyway 0.080-0.085 W x 0.044-0.046 D (2.03-2.16 W x 1.12-1.17 D) Keyway 0.065 W x 0.032-0.035 D (1.65 W x 0.81-0.89 D) 15/32-32 TPT 15/32-32 TPT 0.500 (12.70) 0.562 (14.27) 0.718 (18.24) 0.953 (24.21) 5 0.343 (8.71) 5 1.171 (29.74) 1.312 (33.32) 5 5 5 5 5 1.296 (32.92) 0.906 (23.01) 5 5 5 5 128 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 0.175 (4.44) Special Devices Locking Rockers 5.4 Contents Locking Rockers Description Page Snap Switch Pushbutton Actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Door Interlock Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Keylock Switches, General Purpose/Heavy Duty--AC/DC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Locking Rockers Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Product Description This unique switch features a patented internal locking mechanism, which allows the switch to be locked in the OFF position to prevent unauthorized or accidental operation. The key to locking or unlocking the switch is a removable paddle rocker cap, which must be inserted in order to move the switch to the ON position. The switch can still be turned OFF. The locking rocker is ideally suited for such markets as portable tools, computers, lawn and garden equipment, marine and construction. 5 Standards and Certifications 5 UL Recognized CSA Certified RoHS Compliant 5 5 Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. Note: Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative for selection information and optional features. 5 5 5 5 Product Selection Locking Rocker Switch 5 Circuit with Rocker in ... UP CENTER Position Position Rating 5 DOWN Position Poles and Throw 5 Base Circuit (See Page 130) Catalog Number 5 Without Palm Guard Feature 20A, 125 Vac 20A, 250 Vac 1 hp, 125 Vac 2 hp, 250 Vac 5 1PST ON NONE OFF A 8166K27 1PDT ON NONE ON B 8166K28 2PST ON NONE OFF C 8166K25 2PDT ON NONE ON D 8166K26 5 5 5 With Palm Guard Feature 20A, 125 Vac 20A, 250 Vac 1 hp, 125 Vac 2 hp, 250 Vac 1PST ON NONE OFF A 8166K23 1PDT ON NONE ON B 8166K24 2PST ON NONE OFF C 8166K21 2PDT ON NONE ON D 8166K22 5 5 Note Ratings listed for 125 Vac also apply at 28 Vdc. Also supplied with a 20A, 277 Vac rating as standard. 5 5 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 129 5.4 5 5 Special Devices Locking Rockers Technical Data and Specifications Circuit Diagrams Locking Rocker Switch Locking Rocker Circuit Diagrams Specification Circuit Letter A 1PST 5 Contact Mechanism Butt action contact mechanism designed specifically for use on AC and low voltage DC applications 5 Contact Material Movable--Silver-plated copper w/cad-oxide contact face button Stationary--Copper w/cad-oxide contact face button 5 Terminal Types 0.25 in spade terminals are standard Rocker Material Custom styled, red thermoplastic rocker key with "REMOVE TO LOCK" across the top of the key in raised letters Dielectric 1000V rms minimum 5 Schematic 2 3 B 1PDT 1 2 3 5 5 5 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Locking Rocker Switch without Palm Guard 5 Recommended Panel Cutout Dimensions 5 0.650 (16.51) 5 5 1.190 (30.23) 1.700 (43.18) 1.080 (27.43) 1.450 (36.83) 5 0.440 (11.18) 5 0.250 (6.35) 0.745 (18.92) 0.960 (24.38) 0.680 (17.27) 0.830 (21.08) 5 5 Locking Rocker Switch with Palm Guard 5 5 Recommended Panel Cutout Dimensions 0.960 (24.38) 0.744 (18.90) 5 0.225 (5.72) 0.650 (16.51) 1.700 (43.18) 1.190 (30.23) 1.080 (27.43) 5 5 0.250 (6.35) 0.440 (11.18) 1.450 (36.83) 0.745 (18.92) 0.960 (24.38) 0.680 (17.27) 0.830 (21.08) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 130 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Circuit Letter Schematic C 2PST 2 3 D 2PDT 1 2 3 5 6 4 5 6 Toggle Switches Military 6.1 Introduction Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 6.4 6.5 6.7 6.8 6.10 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 164 164 6 165 167 167 167 167 168 6 6 6 6 6 Technical Data Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 162 162 162 Accessories Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decorator Facenuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dust Protection Cap Nut Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Panel Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement Terminal Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicating Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11 157 159 159 Panelboard Switches Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X Series Toggles 154 155 155 156 High Capacity Switches Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.9 150 151 151 Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 X Series Toggles Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Purpose AC/DC Rated 142 146 146 General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6 139 140 140 General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated AC Rated 133 136 137 Illuminated AC Rated Toggles Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 6 Military Purpose Toggles Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 132 169 6 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 131 6.1 6 Toggle Switches Introduction Contents Toggle Switches Description Page Military Purpose Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Illuminated AC Rated Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 X Series Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 High Capacity Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Panelboard Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Product Selection Guide 6 Toggle Switches 6 Military Purpose Toggles Illuminated AC Rated Switches General Purpose Toggles-- AC Rated General Purpose Toggles-- AC/DC Rated Page 150 6 6 6 6 6 6 Product Selection Page 133 Page 139 Page 141 Circuit Diagram Page 169 -- Page 169 Page 169 Product Description Eaton's military purpose switches are designed to meet the requirements of MIL-S-83731 These illuminated switches are available only in single-pole circuitry. A two-pole base is utilized with one pole housing the lamp. These AC rated toggle switches offer the widest selection of features and the design flexibility to meet a variety of applications. This line of switches employs a Quick-make/Quick-break contact mechanism. These switches are especially suited for use in small motor applications. X Series Toggles Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches High Capacity Switches Panelboard Switches 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Product Selection Page 154 Page 157 Page 161 Page 163 Circuit Diagram -- Page 169 -- -- Product Description Eaton's new, competitively priced, AC rated X Series toggles offer a standard high rating for both singleand double-pole applications. The most common application for this switch is to help prevent motor damage resulting from the high current generation by counter EMF of the armature at the time of reversing. By combining innovative design and quality materials, this switch is designed to carry the specified maximum inrush current for 10 milliseconds for a minimum of 20,000 ON/OFF cycles. This group of two-position power toggle switches is used by manufacturers in a wide variety of applications that require dependability and long service. 6 6 132 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Toggle Switches Military Purpose Toggles 6.2 Contents Military Purpose Toggles Description Page Military Purpose Toggles Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Illuminated AC Rated Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 X Series Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 High Capacity Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Panelboard Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Product Description Eaton's military purpose switches are designed to meet the requirements of MIL-S-83731. Sealed Switches have a silicone rubber lever seal assembled between the lever and the bushing to resist the entrance of contaminants such as dust, sand or water into the contact structure. The switch mechanisms are completely enclosed to resist the entrance of contaminants into the switch. All metal parts are plated to resist corrosion. The heavy duty switches are offered in both standard toggle lever and lever lock versions. Circuit designations are stamped on the side of each switch. 6 Standards and Certifications 6 MIL-S-83731 6 6 6 6 6 Product Selection 6 AC/DC Rated (Medium Duty) MIL-S-83731 Circuit with Toggle in ... UP Position Current Ratings CENTER Position Poles and Throw DOWN Position (Keyway) Military Solder Lug Terminals 6 6 Base Circuit See Page 169 Dimension "A" Inches (mm) Dimension "B" Inches (mm) MIL-S-83731 with Sealed Lever Catalog Number 6 One-Pole See A below 1PST ON ON OFF NONE NONE NONE OFF MOM. OFF MOM. ON A -- 0.906 (23.01) MS25098-22 MS25098-29 MS25098-30 8261K22 8261K29 8261K30 See A below 1PDT ON ON NONE NONE ON MOM. ON B 0.937 (23.80) -- MS25098-23 MS25098-26 8261K23 8261K26 6 6 6 Two-Pole See B below 2PST ON ON OFF NONE NONE NONE OFF MOM. OFF MOM. ON C -- 0.906 (23.01) MS25100-22 MS25100-29 MS25100-30 8262K22 8262K29 8262K30 See C below 2PDT ON ON NONE NONE ON MOM. ON D 0.937 (23.80) -- MS25100-23 MS25100-26 8262K23 8262K26 6 6 6 Current Ratings Current capacity in amperes per pole = 125 Vac, 60 Hz Part Number A AII MS25098 B MS25100-22, 29, 30 C MS25100-23, 26 Resistive Load Inductive Load 3.0 3.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 1.0 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 6 6 6 133 6.2 Toggle Switches Military Purpose Toggles AC Rated (Heavy Duty) MIL-S-83731 with Lever Seal 6 Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER Position Position 6 Current Ratings 6 Poles and Throw DOWN Position (Keyway) Base Circuit See Page 169 Bushing Length "A" Inches (mm) Lever Length "B" Inches (mm) Screw Terminals with Sealed Lever MS Part Number Catalog Number One-Pole 6 See A below See B below 1PST ON ON ON ON NONE OFF NONE OFF NONE MOM. OFF OFF NONE OFF NONE MOM. OFF NONE MOM. ON MOM. ON A 0.468 (11.89) 0.687 (17.45) MS35058-22 MS35058-24 MS35058-29 MS35058-25 MS35058-28 MS35058-30 8801K22 8801K23 8813K17 8813K18 8811K18 8811K17 See A below See B below 1PDT ON ON ON MOM. ON ON OFF NONE NONE OFF OFF ON ON MOM. ON MOM. ON MOM. ON B 0.468 (11.89) 0.687 (17.45) MS35058-21 MS35058-23 MS35058-26 MS35058-27 MS35058-31 8800K16 8810K15 8804K13 8812K14 8809K16 See C below See D below 2PST ON ON ON ON NONE OFF NONE OFF NONE MOM. OFF OFF NONE OFF NONE MOM. OFF NONE MOM. ON MOM. ON C 0.468 (11.89) 0.687 (17.45) MS35059-22 MS35059-24 MS35059-29 MS35059-25 MS35059-28 MS35059-30 8822K20 8822K21 8828K13 8828K12 8826K14 8826K15 See C below See D below 2PDT ON ON ON MOM. ON ON OFF NONE NONE OFF OFF ON ON MOM. ON MOM. ON MOM. ON D 0.468 (11.89) 0.687 (17.45) MS35059-21 MS35059-23 MS35059-26 MS35059-27 MS35059-31 8820K16 8824K14 8830K13 8834K5 8832K6 See E below 1P3T in a 2P base ON ON MOM. ON ON ON MOM. ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON See MOM. ON Page 169 MOM. ON ON MOM. ON MOM. ON 0.468 (11.89) 0.687 (17.45) MS25201-4 MS25201-5 MS25201-6 MS25201-7 MS25201-8 MS25201-9 8860K4 8860K5 8860K6 8860K7 8860K8 8860K9 See F below See G below 4PST ON ON ON NONE OFF NONE OFF MOM. OFF OFF NONE OFF NONE NONE MOM. ON MOM. ON E 0.468 (11.89) 0.687 (17.45) -- MS25068-24 MS25068-25 MS25068-28 -- 7660K12 7660K13 7668K7 7666K9 7666K6 4PDT ON ON ON MOM. ON ON OFF NONE NONE OFF OFF ON ON MOM. ON MOM. ON MOM. ON F 0.468 (11.89) 0.687 (17.45) 6 See F below See G below MS25068-21 MS25068-23 MS25068-26 MS25068-27 MS25068-31 7662K7 7664K5 7674K5 7672K5 7670K6 6 Current Ratings 6 6 6 6 Two-Pole 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Four-Pole 6 6 6 Current capacity in amperes per pole 28 Vdc 115 Vac, 60 Hz Switch Type of Operation Lamp Load Resistive Load Inductive Load Lamp Load Resistive Load Inductive Load Lamp Load Resistive Load Inductive Load MS35058 MS35058 MS35059 MS35059 MS25201 MS25068 MS25068 Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary ON-ON-ON Maintained Momentary 7 5 7 5 5 5 4 25 20 20 18 18 20 18 15 10 15 10 10 12 10 -- -- -- -- 2 -- -- 10 10 20 11 11 -- -- 10 7 -- -- 8 -- -- 3 -- 4 -- 2 4 2 10 -- 20 -- 11 20 11 10 -- 15 -- 8 15 5 6 6 A B C D E F G 6 6 6 Notes Across terminals 2-3 and 5-6. Across terminals 1-2 and 5-6. Across terminals 2-3 and 4-5. Across terminals 1-2 and 4-5. For "INDEPENDENT ON-ON-ON" circuit arrangement, see Page 169. 6 6 6 6 134 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 115 Vac, 400 Hz 6.2 Toggle Switches Military Purpose Toggles AC Rated (Heavy Duty) MIL-S-83731 Lever Lock with Lever Seal Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER DOWN Position Position Position Current Ratings Poles and Throw Base Circuit See (Keyway) Page 169 Lever Lock Bushing Style 6 Screw Terminals with Sealed Lever Bushing Length "A" Inches (mm) Lever Lock Length "B" Inches (mm) 6 MS Part Number Catalog Number 6 One-Pole See A below 1PST ON ON ON NONE NONE OFF OFF OFF NONE A 3 4 5 0.562 (14.27) 1.000 (25.40) MS25125-C2 MS25125-E2 MS25125-J4 8857K47 8857K48 8857K49 See A below 1PDT ON ON ON OFF NONE NONE ON B 2 3 4 0.562 (14.27) 1.000 (25.40) MS25125-B1 MS25125-C3 MS25125-E3 8857K40 8857K45 8857K44 ON ON ON OFF OFF NONE C 1 2 4 0.562 (14.27) 1.000 (25.40) MS25126-A1 MS25126-B1 MS25126-E3 8858K39 8858K40 8858K44 ON NONE F 4 0.562 (14.27) 1.000 (25.40) MS25127-E3 8859K44 ON ON 6 6 6 6 Two-Pole See B below 2PDT ON ON ON 6 Four-Pole See C below 6 4PDT ON 6 Indicates direction against which lever is locked. 6 Current Ratings Switch A MS25125 B MS25126 C MS25127 Current capacity in amperes per pole 28 Vdc 115 Vac, 60 Hz Type of Operation Lamp Load Resistive Load Inductive Load Lamp Load Resistive Load Inductive Load Lamp Load Resistive Load Inductive Load Maintained Maintained Maintained 5 7 5 20 20 20 15 15 15 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 4 4 10 20 20 10 15 15 6 115 Vac, 400 Hz 6 6 Note See illustrations below for lever lock bushing styles. 6 6 Lever Lock Bushing Styles Style 1 Style 2 6 Style 3 Style 4 Style 5 6 6 Locked in Three Positions Locked in Center Positions Locked in Keyway Side Locked out of Center Position 6 Locked in Center and Side Opposite Keyway 6 These illustrations are for pictoral representation only--keyway on right-hand side. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 135 6.2 Toggle Switches Military Purpose Toggles AC Rated (Heavy Duty) Military with Unsealed Lever 6 Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER DOWN Position Position Position 6 Current Ratings 6 Poles and Throw 6 6 6 ON ON OFF NONE NONE NONE OFF MOM. OFF MOM. ON A 0.468 (11.89) 0.688 (17.45) 7300K38 7304K38 7303K38 7300K36 7304K36 7303K36 See A below 1PDT ON ON ON MOM. ON ON OFF NONE NONE OFF OFF ON ON MOM. ON MOM. ON MOM. ON B 0.468 (11.89) 0.688 (17.45) 7301K38 7302K38 7307K38 7306K38 7305K38 7301K36 7302K36 7307K36 7306K36 7305K36 See C below See D below 2PST ON ON OFF NONE NONE NONE OFF MOM. OFF MOM. ON C 0.468 (11.89) 0.688 (17.45) 7310K38 7314K38 7313K38 7310K36 7314K36 7313K36 See C below 2PDT ON ON ON MOM. ON ON OFF NONE NONE OFF OFF ON ON MOM. ON MOM. ON MOM. ON D 0.468 (11.89) 0.688 (17.45) 7311K38 7312K38 7317K38 7316K38 7315K38 7311K36 7312K36 7317K36 7316K36 7315K36 See D below 6 Current Ratings 6 6 Type of Operation One-Pole A Maintained B Momentary Two-Pole C Maintained D Momentary 6 6 6 20 15 15 10 15 15 7 5 30 20 15 10 25 15 Horsepower -- -- -- -- 6 6 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 9 6 -- -- -- -- See Product Selection tables Circuits 1PST, 1PDT, 2PST, 2PDT, 1P3T (ON-ON-ON), 4PST and 4PDT; maintained and momentary action Contact Action Heavy duty--Slow-make/Slow-break butt contact Medium duty--Quick-make/Quick-break, wiping action Contact Material Heavy duty: Movable--silver-plated copper with fine or coin silver contact face button Stationary--copper with fine or coin silver contact face button Medium duty: Movable--copper silver-plated Stationary--bronze silver-plated Terminal Types Heavy duty MIL-S-83731 types: Screw terminals--brass designed to accept #6-32 x 6.35 mm (0.250 in) pan head (Catalog Number 11-1893) screws and Si bronze #6 Helical lockwasher (Catalog Number 16-1096). Furnished unassembled. Terminal screws are tin dipped to facilitate soldering if required Heavy duty JAN-S-23 types: Screw terminals--brass designed to accept #6-32 x 4.78 mm (0.188 in) binding head (Catalog Number 811-2) screws. Furnished unassembled Solder lug terminals--tintillate plated brass Medium duty MIL-S-83731 types: Solder lugs--brass silver-plated furnished with 0.094 in (2.39 mm) dia. hole Base Material Thermoset molding material Mounting Means Threaded bushing--0.468 in (11.89 mm) dia., 32 threads/inch Keyway--0.068 x 0.035 in (1.73 x 0.89 mm) deep; provides anti-rotation feature Hardware supplied: MIL-S-83731 types-- 2 hexagon facenuts (Catalog Number 15-966-6), 1 locking ring (Catalog Number 29-761) and 1 internal tooth lockwasher (Catalog Number 16-886). Furnished unassembled JAN-S-23 types--2 hexagon facenuts (Catalog Number 15-966-6). Furnished unassembled 6 6 6 6 6 5 4 Horsepower 250 Vac, 60 Hz Resistive Inductive Load Load Specifications 6 6 125 Vac, 60 Hz Resistive Inductive Load Load Military Purpose Switches Ratings 6 Current Capacity in Amperes per Pole 30 Vdc Lamp Resistive Inductive Load Load Load Technical Data and Specifications 6 6 Screw Terminals Catalog Number Two-Pole 6 6 Solder Lug Terminals Catalog Number 1PST See B below 6 6 Lever Length "B" Inches (mm) See A below See B below 6 6 Bushing Length "A" Inches (mm) One-Pole 6 6 (Keyway) Base Circuit See Page 169 Dielectric 1000V minimum Operating Temperature Range 0F to +150F (-17.8C to +65.6C) 136 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 6.2 Toggle Switches Military Purpose Toggles Dimensions 6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 6 AC/DC Rated (Medium Duty) MIL-83731 Switches 1PDT Maintained Action (Solder Lug) 2PDT Maintained Action (Solder Lug) 0.070 (1.78) 14 14 0.680 (17.27) 14 0.687 (17.45) 0.680 (17.27) 14 0.687 (17.45) 0.041 (1.01) 15/32-32NS-2A 0.468 (11.89) 6 0.070 (1.78) 6 0.041 (1.01) 15/32-32NS-2A 4 0.468 (11.89) 6 5 6 6 (Ref.) 6 6 Dim. A 0.937 (23.80) Dim. B 0.906 (23.01) 1 1.250 (31.75) 2 3 (Ref.) Dim. A 0.937 (23.80) Dim. B 0.906 (23.01) 1 2 3 (Ref.) 0.080 (2.03) Dia. End Terminal 0.080 (2.03) Dia. End Terminal 0.090 (2.29) Dia. Center Terminal 0.090 (2.29) Dia. Center Terminal 1.250 (31.75) 6 6 6 AC Rated (Heavy Duty) MIL-83731 Switches with Lever Seal One-Pole Maintained and Momentary Action 6 Two-Pole Maintained Action Keyway 0.030 (0.76) Deep 0.060 (1.52) Wide Keyway 0.030 (0.76) Deep 0.060 (1.52) Wide B 15/32-32 Thds. 15/32-32 Thds. 0.620 (15.75) 6 6 B 6 0.750 (19.05) A A 6 1.310 (33.27) 1.120 (28.45) 6 1.060 (26.92) 1.040 (26.42) 6 6 #6-32 x 0.250 (6.35) Long Pan Head Screws #6-32 x 0.180 (4.57) Long Pan Head Screws 6 6 Two-Pole Momentary Action and 3 ON Circuits 15/32-32 Thds. 0.750 (19.05) Keyway 0.030 (0.76) Deep 0.060 (1.52) Wide B Four-Pole Maintained and Momentary Action 15/32-32 Thds. 1.430 (36.32) Keyway 0.030 (0.76) Deep 0.060 (1.52) Wide 6 6 B 6 6 A A 6 1.310 (33.27) #6-32 x 0.250 (6.35) Pan Head Screws 1.200 (30.48) 1.320 (33.53) 6 1.250 (31.75) 6 6 #6-32 x 0.250 (6.35) Long Pan Head Screws 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 137 6.2 6 6 6 6 AC Rated (Heavy Duty) MIL-83731 Lever Lock Switches with Lever Seal AC Rated (Heavy Duty) Single-Pole 1PDT Maintained Action Keyway 0.030 (0.76) Deep 0.060 (1.52) Wide 28 14 15/32-32 Thds. 1.120 (28.45) B 0.620 (15.75) 0.620 (15.75) 1.140 (28.96) 1.120 (28.45) 6 Keyway 0.030-0.040 D x 0.060-0.070 W (0.76-1.02 D x 1.52-1.78 W) 60 #6-32 x 0.180 (4.57) Long Binding Head Screw Double-Pole 2PDT Maintained Action Keyway 0.030 (0.76) Deep 0.060 (1.52) Wide 6 28 14 6 0.750 (19.05) 6 B 15/32-32 Thds. B 6 0.900 (22.86) Keyway 0.030-0.040 D x 0.060-0.070 W (0.76-1.02 D x 1.52-1.78 W) 6 6 A A 6 6 1.040 (26.42) #6-32 Screws 6 6 0.760 (19.30) 0.030 (0.76) Ref. 1.250 (31.75) 1.310 (33.27) 0.270 (6.86) 0.040 (1.02) #6-32 Screws 0.180 (4.57) Four-Pole 6 2PDT Momentary Action Keyway 0.030 (0.76) Deep 0.060 (1.52) Wide 6 36 18 0.750 (19.05) 0.800 (20.32) B 6 15/32-32 Thds. B 6 A 6 6 15/32-32 Thds. A A 6 6 B 15/32 Dia. 6 6 Military Purpose Toggles Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 6 6 Toggle Switches A Keyway 0.030-0.040 D x 0.060-0.070 W (0.76-1.02 D x 1.52-1.78 W) 1.310 (33.27) 1.310 (33.27) 6 1.590 (40.39) 6 0.910 (23.11) #6-32 Screws 0.300 (7.62) 6 138 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 0.030 (0.76) Ref. 6.3 Toggle Switches Illuminated AC Rated Toggles Contents Illuminated AC Rated Toggles Description Page Military Purpose Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Illuminated AC Rated Switches Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 X Series Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 High Capacity Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Panelboard Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Product Description These illuminated toggles are available only in singlepole circuitry. A two-pole base is utilized with one-pole housing the lamp. On singlethrow circuits, the lamp is wired to operate in conjunction with the switch. 6 On double-throw circuits, the lamp is independent of the switch. On the sealed versions, a silicone rubber seal is fitted to the paddle lever to provide a moistureand dust-resistant seal between the lever and bushing. 6 6 6 6 6 Catalog Number Selection 6 How To Order--Illuminated AC Rated Toggles Example: Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER Position Position Rating Poles and Throw Standard 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 1PST Sealed 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 1PST 1PDT ON NONE 7071K21 G 1 52 6 Code letters and/or numbers-- add to Base Circuit Number. DOWN Position (Keyway) Base Catalog Number Circuit Number See Page 169 OFF 7071K21 G Lever Color G = Green T = Red A = Amber 6 6 Bulb Voltage 6 1 = 14V 6 Terminal Type ON ON MOM. ON NONE OFF OFF OFF ON MOM. ON 7073K21 7073K20 7073K25 G 6 52 = 0.250 in Spade 6 H 6 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 139 6.3 6 6 Toggle Switches Illuminated AC Rated Toggles Technical Data and Specifications Illuminated AC Rated Toggles Specifications 6 Ratings See Catalog Number Selection Circuits 1PST and 1PDT; maintained and momentary action 6 Contact Material Movable--silver-plated copper Stationary--silver-plated copper 6 Terminal Types Spade--brass Base Material Colored thermoplastic paddle lever 6 6 6 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Illuminated 0.210 (5.33) Dia. 6 6 0.070 (1.78) 1.310 (33.27) 28 14 0.270 (6.86) 0.750 (19.05) 0.650 (16.51) 6 0.470 (11.94) 6 6 0.910 (23.11) 1.430 (36.32) 6 A 6 0.250 (6.35) Keyway 0.030 (0.76) 0.070 (1.78) Wide Deep x 0.040 (1.02) 0.080 (2.03) Quick Connect 0.440 (11.18) Type "A" Dim. 0.030 (0.76) Ref. 0.030 (0.76) 1.310 (33.27) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 140 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Toggle Switches General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated 6.4 Contents General Purpose Toggles Description Page Military Purpose Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Illuminated AC Rated Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 X Series Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 High Capacity Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Panelboard Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Product Description Features These AC rated toggle switches offer the widest selection of features and the design flexibility to meet a variety of applications. The optional features shown below may not be available on all toggle models. Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative. 7500, 7600, 7700 and 7900 Series 3-Independent ON Circuit (2PDT or 4PDT only, see Page 144) Short (11/32 in) bushing Tall (15/32 in) bushing White nylon designer lever, see Dimensions on Page 146 Black nylon designer lever, see Dimensions on Page 146 Hardware-- furnished assembled Reversing jumpers (not for use with 3-independent ON circuit) Short (15/32 in) bat lever Tall (11/16 in) bat lever (not available with short bushing) Rotate keyway 180 Lever seal Omit one pole (2P, 3P, 4P only. Not for use with 3-independent ON circuit) 7800 Series Only 3-Independent ON circuit (2PDT or 4PDT only, see Page 144) Hardware-- furnished assembled Reversing jumpers (Not for use with 3-independent ON circuit) Rotate keyway 180 Silicone lever seal (1P and 2P only) Omit one pole (2P, 3P, 4P only. Not for use with 3-independent ON circuit) Options 6 Combi-Term Option 6 This is an extension of our AC rated general purpose toggle switch. The "Combi-Term" design allows the user the option of screw terminals, 0.25 in Quick Connects or solder termination all on the same switch. The special clips and screws are provided in a poly bag with the switch. 1PST, 1PDT, 2PST, 2PDT, 3PST, 3PDT, 4PST and 4PDT Maintained and momentary Standards and Certifications 6 6 6 6 Circuits 6 6 6 6 6 UL Recognized CSA Certified (except as noted) RoHS Compliant 6 6 6 Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. 6 6 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 141 6.4 6 Toggle Switches General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated Product Selection 6 AC Rated Toggle Switches--One-Pole Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER DOWN Position Position Position 6 6 Rating 6 6A, 125 Vac 3A, 250 Vac 6 6 6 Poles and Throw Catalog Numbers (Keyway) Base Circuit See Page 169 OFF A 1PST ON NONE 1PDT ON OFF ON B 1PDT ON NONE ON B 1PDT ON MOM. ON NONE OFF MOM. ON MOM. ON B Bushing Lever Length "A" Length "B" Solder Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lugs Screw Terminals 0.250 in Spade Terminals 0.344 (8.74) 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 0.563 (14.30) 7580K7 7580K6 7580K5 7580K4 7580K9 7580K8 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7581K6 7581K4 7581K8 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7582K6 7582K4 7582K8 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7585K6 7587K6 7585K4 7587K4 7585K8 7587K8 10A 250 Vac, 15A 125 Vac, 1/4 hp 125-250 Vac 1PDT ON ON ON 7555 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7555K12 7555K11 7555K13 6 6 10A, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 250 Vac 1PST OFF NONE MOM. ON A 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7506K3 7506K4 7506K6 1PST OFF NONE MOM. ON A 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7506K38 7506K36 7506K40 6 1PDT MOM. ON ON OFF NONE MOM. ON MOM. ON B 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7509K4 7510K6 7509K5 7510K7 7509K7 7510K9 6 1PDT ON MOM. ON OFF OFF MOM. ON MOM. ON B 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7508K38 7509K38 7508K36 7509K36 7508K40 7509K40 6 15A, 125 Vac 1PST 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 125V-250 Vac ON NONE OFF A 0.344 (8.74) 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 0.563 (14.30) 7501K12 7501K13 7500K13 7500K14 7501K14 7501K15 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 125 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 1PDT ON OFF ON B 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7503K13 7502K13 7503K15 1PDT ON NONE ON B 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7505K4 7504K4 1PST ON NONE OFF A 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7546K38 7546K36 7546K40 6 20A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 125 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 6 30A, 125 Vac 25A, 250 Vac 1PST ON NONE OFF A 0.344 (8.74) 0.563 (14.30) -- 7576K2 -- 6 Notes Also 4.2A L @ 125 Vac rating. Single-pole switch in two-pole base. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 142 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 7505K6 6.4 Toggle Switches General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated AC Rated Toggle Switches--Two-Pole Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER DOWN Position Position Position Rating Poles and Throw 6 Catalog Numbers 6 (Keyway) Base Circuit Bushing See Length "A" Page 169 Inches (mm) Lever Length "B" Inches (mm) Solder Lugs 0.250 in Screw Spade CombiTerminals Terminals Term 6 6A, 125 Vac 3A, 250 Vac 2A, 277 Vac 2.5A, L @ 125 Vac 2PST ON NONE OFF C 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7590K6 7590K4 7590K8 -- 6A, 125 Vac 3A, 250 Vac 2.5A, L @ 125 Vac 2PDT ON OFF ON D 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7591K6 7591K4 7591K8 -- 2PDT ON NONE ON D 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7592K6 7592K4 7592K8 -- 6 6A, 125 Vac 3A, 250 Vac 2PDT MOM. ON OFF MOM. ON D 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7597K6 7597K4 7597K8 -- 2PDT ON ON OFF 7530 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7530K1 7530K3 7530K2 -- 6 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 125 Vac 2PST ON NONE OFF C 0.344 (8.74) 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 0.563 (14.30) 7561K5 7561K4 7560K6 7560K5 7561K7 7561K6 -- 15A, 125 Vac 2PDT 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 125-250 Vac ON OFF ON D 0.344 (8.74) 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 0.563 (14.30) 7563K5 7563K4 7562K5 7562K4 7563K7 7563K6 -- 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 250 Vac 2PST OFF NONE MOM. ON C 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7566K4 7566K5 7566K7 -- 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 250 Vac 2PST OFF NONE MOM. ON C 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7566K4 7566K5 7566K7 -- 2PDT ON OFF MOM. ON OFF ON NONE MOM. ON D MOM. ON MOM. ON 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7568K3 7569K1 7570K4 7568K2 7569K2 7570K5 7568K4 7569K3 7570K7 -- -- -- 2PDT MOM. ON OFF MOM. ON D 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7569K38 7569K36 7569K40 -- 20A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 125 Vac 2PST ON NONE OFF C 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7630K38 7630K36 7630K40 -- 2PDT ON NONE ON D 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7632K38 7632K36 7632K40 -- Section A 10A 250 Vac; 15A 125 Vac, 3/4 hp 250 Vac, 4.2A L 125 Vac; Section B 10A 250 Vac, 15A 125 Vac, 1/4 hp 250 Vac 2PDT OFF 1 ON 2 ON 7571 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7571K2 7571K4 7571K6 -- 20A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 1 hp, 120-240 Vac 2PST ON 2PDT ON OFF ON NONE MOM. ON OFF 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 NONE OFF 7803K31 7803K21 7803K41 C 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7803K11 ON D ON MOM. ON 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7803K12 7803K32 7803K22 7803K42 7803K13 7803K33 7803K23 7803K43 7803K17 7803K37 7803K27 7803K47 6 6 6 Notes Also 1/2 hp at 125-250 Vac Rating. Not CSA Certified. Also 7.5A, 277 Vac, 3/4 hp, 120-240-277 Vac. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 143 6.4 Toggle Switches General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated AC Rated Toggle Switches--Three-Pole 6 Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER DOWN Position Position Position 6 6 Rating 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Poles and Throw (Keyway) Catalog Numbers Base Circuit Bushing See Length "A" Page 169 Inches (mm) Lever Length "B" Inches (mm) Solder Lugs 0.250 in Screw Spade CombiTerminals Terminals Term 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 1 hp, 3 Ph 125-600 Vac 1 hp, 1 & 2 Ph 125-480 Vac 3PST ON NONE OFF E 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7700K1 7700K2 7700K3 -- 3PDT ON ON OFF NONE ON ON F 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7701K1 7702K1 7701K2 7702K2 7701K3 7702K3 -- -- 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 3PDT MOM. ON OFF MOM. ON NONE ON ON F 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7704K1 7705K1 7704K2 7705K2 7704K3 7705K3 -- -- 20A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 1 hp, 120 Vac 1, 2 & 3 Ph 3PDT ON ON F 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7804K12 7804K32 7804K22 7804K42 OFF AC Rated Toggle Switches--Four-Pole 6 Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER DOWN Position Position Position 6 Poles and Throw Catalog Numbers Base Circuit Bushing See Length "A" Page 169 Inches (mm) Lever Length "B" Inches (mm) Solder Lugs 0.250 in Screw Spade CombiTerminals Terminals Term 6 Rating 6 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 4PST ON NONE OFF E 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7691K14 7690K8 -- -- 4PDT ON ON OFF NONE ON ON F 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7693K2 7695K5 7692K13 7694K4 -- -- -- -- 20A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 125 Vac 4PST ON NONE OFF E 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7933K38 7933K36 7933K40 -- 4PDT ON ON OFF NONE ON ON F 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7934K38 7935K38 7934K36 7935K36 7934K40 7935K40 -- -- 20A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 1 hp. 125-240 Vac 2 & 3 Ph 4PDT ON OFF ON F 0.469 (11.91) 0.688 (17.48) 7805K12 7805K32 7805K22 7805K42 6 6 6 6 (Keyway) Notes Also 1/2 hp at 125-250 Vac Rating. Not CSA Certified. Also 7.5A, 277 Vac, 3/4 hp, 120-240-277 Vac. 1 hp @ 240-480 Vac single- or two-phase and 240-600 Vac three-phase. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 144 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Toggle Switches General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated 6.4 AC Rated Sealed Toggle Switches--One-Pole Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER Position Position Rating Poles and Throw 6 Catalog Numbers DOWN Position (Keyway) Base Circuit See Page 169 6 Bushing Length "A" Inches (mm) Lever Length "B" Inches (mm) Solder Lugs Screw Terminals 0.250 in Spade Terminals 10A, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 250 Vac 1PST OFF NONE MOM. ON A 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) -- 7506K20 7506K21 1PDT MOM. ON ON ON OFF NONE OFF MOM. ON MOM. ON MOM. ON B 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) -- -- -- 7509K20 7510K20 7508K20 7509K21 7510K21 7508K21 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 125V-250 Vac 1PST ON NONE OFF A 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7501K22 7500K20 7501K21 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 125 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 1PDT ON OFF ON B 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) -- 7502K20 7503K21 1PDT ON NONE ON B 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) -- 7504K20 7505K21 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 AC Rated Sealed Toggle Switches--Two-Pole Circuit with Toggle in ... UP Position Rating CENTER Position Poles and Throw ON NONE Catalog Numbers DOWN Position 6 (Keyway) Base Circuit See Page 169 Bushing Length "A" Inches (mm) Lever Length "B" Inches (mm) Solder Lugs Screw Terminals 0.250 in Spade Terminals OFF C 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) -- 7560K20 7561K21 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 125 Vac 2PST 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 125-250 Vac 2PDT ON OFF ON D 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) -- 7562K20 7563K21 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 2PDT ON NONE ON D 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) -- 7564K20 7565K21 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 1/2 hp, 250 Vac 2PST OFF NONE MOM. ON C 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) -- 7566K20 7566K21 2PDT ON MOM. ON ON OFF OFF NONE MOM. ON MOM. ON MOM. ON D 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) -- -- -- 7568K20 7569K20 7570K20 7568K21 7569K21 7570K21 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 AC Rated Special Circuit Toggle Switches--Two-Pole Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER Position Position Rating Poles and Throw 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 125-250 Vac 2PDT 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 2PDT 2-3, 5-6 OFF 6 Catalog Numbers DOWN Position (Keyway) Base Circuit See Page 169 Bushing Length "A" Inches (mm) Lever Length "B" Inches (mm) Solder Lugs Screw Terminals 0.250 in Spade Terminals 2-6, 5-3 D 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7563K24 7562K23 7563K25 6 6 6 2-3, 5-6 NONE 2-6, 5-3 D 0.469 (11.91) 0.563 (14.30) 7565K24 7564K23 7565K25 6 6 Notes Seal is Lever Seal only and is dust and splash resistant. Panel Seal is available, Part Number 32-341. Also 1/2 hp at 125-250 Vac Rating. 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 145 6.4 6 6 6 6 Toggle Switches General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated Technical Data and Specifications General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated Specifications Ratings See Product Selection tables; Switch ratings at 125 Vac also apply to 28 Vdc Contact Mechanism Slow-make/Slow-brake butt contact Terminal Types Screw terminals--brass designed to accept #6-32x 3/16 binding head (Cat. No. 811-2) screws Furnished unassembled Solder lug terminals--tintillate-plated brass Spade terminals--combi-term--brass Base Material Thermoset molding material Mounting Means Threaded Bushing--0.468 in (11.89 mm) dia., 32 threads/inch Keyway--0.068 x 0.035 in (1.73 x 0.89 mm) deep, provides anti-rotation feature Hardware Supplied--1 hexagon locknut (Cat. No. 15-192) and 1 bright nickel-plated knurled facenut (Cat. No. 15-124F1), except 7700-7705, which have bright nickel hexagon facenut (Cat. No. 15-966-2) Furnished unassembled Finish Bright nickel-plated toggle lever and bushing 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Dielectric Withstand 1000V rms minimum Operating Temperature Range 0F to +150F (-17.8C to +65.6C) Contact Material Ampere Movable Stationary 6 7500, 7600, 7700 and 7900 Series Switches 3 to 6 Silver-plated copper Silver-plated copper 6 10 to 20 Silver-plated copper with silver buttons Silver-plated copper with silver buttons 20 to 30 Silver-plated copper with cad oxide buttons Copper with cad oxide buttons 3 to 6 Silver-plated copper Silver-plated copper 10 to 20 Copper with silver buttons Copper with silver buttons 6 6 7800 Series Switches 6 6 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 6 7500, 7600, 7700 and 7900 Series 6 1PST Maintained and Momentary (Screw Terminals) 6 1PDT Maintained and Momentary (Spade Terminals) 1.125 (28.57) 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) 0.469 (11.91) B 6 0.300 (7.62) 6 6 Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) 6 A 1.047 (26.59) 1.218 (30.93) Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) 6 6 6 6 6 146 B 0.625 (15.87) A 0.625 (15.87) 6 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) 0.469 (11.91) Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 1.100 (27.95) 0.440 (11.17) 0.031 (0.78) Ref. 6.4 Toggle Switches General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 6 7500, 7600, 7700 and 7900 Series, continued 6 2PDT Maintained (Spade Terminals) 2PDT Maintained (Solder Lugs) 28 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) 6 28 14 14 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) B 1.312 (33.32) A 6 6 B 1.312 (33.32) 6 0.469 (11.91) A 0.750 (19.05) 0.740 (18.79) 6 0.750 (19.05) 1.031 (26.18) 0.469 (11.91) 1.200 (30.48) 6 6 Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) 0.270 (6.85) 6 0.440 (11.17) 6 2PDT Momentary (Screw Terminals) 1PDT Maintained and Momentary (Solder Lugs) 6 18 0.469 (11.91) 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) B 6 A 0.625 (15.87) 0.270 (6.86) 1.047 (26.59) Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) 6 0.562 (14.27) 1.312 (33.32) 6 0.469 (11.91) 0.750 0.797 (19.05) (20.24) 1.125 (28.57) Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) 6 0.910 (23.11) 6 6 0.031 (0.78) Ref. 6 0.300 (7.62) 6 2PDT Momentary (Spade Terminals) 2PDT Maintained (Screw Terminals) 6 36 28 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) 6 36 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) 18 14 6 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) 0.750 (19.05) 0.740 (18.79) B 1.312 (33.32) 1.312 (33.32) A 0.797 (20.24) Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) 1.062 (26.97) 0.300 (7.62) 6 0.469 (11.91) 0.750 (19.05) 0.469 (11.91) 6 0.562 (14.27) 6 6 0.910 (23.11) Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) 6 0.440 (11.18) 6 0.031 (0.78) Ref. Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 6 147 6.4 6 6 Toggle Switches General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 7500, 7600, 7700 and 7900 Series, continued 3PDT Maintained and Momentary (Solder Lugs) 6 31 31 15.5 0.688 0.469 (17.47) (11.91) 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) 0.965 (24.51) 6 0.440 (11.17) 2PDT Momentary (Solder Lugs) 36 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) 0.562 (14.27) 0.300 (7.62) 0.270 (6.85) Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) 0.688 (17.47) 0.469 (11.91) 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) 3PDT Maintained and Momentary (Screw Terminals) 15.5 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) 6 1.333 (33.85) Max. 0.688 0.469 (17.47) (11.91) 0.965 (24.51) 6 0.300 (7.62) 1.333 (33.85) Max. 1.437 (36.49) Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) 0.688 (17.47) 0.469 (11.91) 1.437 1.546 (36.49) (39.26) 6 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) 1.405 (35.68) 0.440 (11.17) 1.333 (33.85) Max. 6 6 148 0.270 (6.85) 0.031 (0.78) Ref. 4PDT Maintained and Momentary (Spade Terminals) 0.031 (0.78) Ref. 6 1.225 (31.11) 1.437 1.546 (36.49) (39.26) 31 6 6 0.031 (0.78) Ref. 4PDT Maintained and Momentary (Solder Lugs) 0.031 (0.78) Ref. 6 6 1.265 (32.13) 0.910 (23.11) 6 6 0.469 (11.91) 1.437 1.546 (36.49) (39.26) 1.333 (33.85) Max. Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) 6 0.688 (17.47) 0.469 (11.91) 0.750 (19.05) 6 6 0.031 (0.78) Ref. 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) 1.312 (33.32) 6 Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) 18 6 1.437 (36.49) 4PDT Maintained and Momentary (Screw Terminals) 6 6 0.469 (11.91) 0.965 (24.51) 0.031 (0.78) Ref. 0.270 (6.85) 6 0.688 (17.47) 15/32-32 Thd. 0.469 (11.91) Keyway 0.068-0.075 W x 0.035-0.040 D (1.72-1.90) W x 0.88-1.02 D) 6 6 1.333 (33.85) Max. 1.437 (36.49) 6 6 15.5 1.333 (33.85) Max. 6 6 3PDT Maintained and Momentary (Spade Terminals) Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 0.031 (0.78) Ref. Toggle Switches General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated 6.4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 6 7800 Series 2PDT Maintained (Screw Terminals) 6 Keyway 0.080-0.085 W x 0.040-0.047 D (2.03-2.16) W x 1.02-1.19 D) Keyway 0.080-0.085 W x 0.040-0.047 D (2.03-2.16) W x 1.02-1.19 D) 0.671 (17.04) 6 4PDT Maintained (Screw Terminals) 6 0.687 (17.45) 15/32-32 (11.91 TPI) 6 0.469 (11.91) TPI (15/32-32) 0.469 (11.91) 0.469 (11.91) 0.812 (20.62) 6 6 0.812 (20.62) 1.312 0.234 (33.32) (5.94) 6 0.234 (5.54) 0.750 (19.05) 6 1.437 (36.50) 1.296 (32.92) 6 2PDT Maintained (Combi-Terminals) 3PDT Maintained (0.25 in Spade Terminals) Keyway 0.080-0.085 W x 0.040-0.047 D (2.03-2.16) W x 1.02-1.19 D) Keyway 0.080-0.085 W x 0.040-0.047 D (2.03-2.16) W x 1.02-1.19 D) 0.671 (17.04) 6 6 6 0.687 (17.45) 15/32-32 (11.91 TPI) 0.469 (11.91) TPI (15/32-32) 0.469 (11.91) 6 0.469 (11.91) 0.812 (20.62) 6 0.812 (20.62) 6 0.440 (11.17) 0.375 (9.53) 1.312 (33.32) 0.750 (19.05) 1.296 (32.92) 0.031 (0.78) Ref. 6 6 1.437 (36.50) 6 3PDT Maintained (Screw Terminals) Combi-Term Termination Options 6 Keyway 0.080-0.085 W x 0.040-0.047 D (2.03-2.16) W x 1.02-1.19 D) 0.687 (17.45) 6 6 0.469 (11.91) TPI (15/32-32) 0.469 (11.91) 6 6 0.812 (20.62) Solder 0.218 (5.54) 1.296 (32.92) Quick Connect 6 Screw 6 1.437 (36.50) 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 149 6.5 6 Toggle Switches General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated Contents General Purpose Toggles Description Page Military Purpose Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Illuminated AC Rated Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 X Series Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 High Capacity Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Panelboard Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Product Description This line of switches employs a Quick-make/Quick-break contact mechanism. The resultant high-speed movement eliminates the "teasing" of the switch and reduces the pitting of the Options contact surfaces due to arcing. Self-cleaning and wiping contact action assures positive contact on switch operation. These switches are especially suited for use in small motor applications. Lever--11/16 in Lever seal Mounting hardware; furnished assembled Other lead lengths 6 6 Standards and Certifications UL Recognized CSA Certified RoHS Compliant Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. Product Selection 6 AC/DC Rated Toggle Switches--One-Pole 6 Rating Poles and Throw Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER DOWN Position Position Position Base Circuit See Page 169 Catalog Numbers Bushing Lever Length "B" Length "A" Solder Screw Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lugs Terminals Wire Leads 6 3A, 250 Vdc 1PST ON NONE OFF A 0.344 (8.74) 0.500 (12.70) 8280K115 8295K107 8290K115 6 6A, 125 Vac/dc 3A, 250 Vdc 1PST ON ON MOM. ON NONE NONE NONE OFF OFF OFF A 0.344 (8.74) 0.500 (12.70) 8381K107 0.469 (11.91) 0.500 (12.70) 8381K108 0.469 (11.91) 0.500 (12.70) 8928K478 8396K107 8396K108 -- 8391K107 8391K108 -- 1PDT ON NONE ON B 0.469 (11.91) 0.500 (12.70) 8928K479 -- -- 6 6 6 AC/DC Rated Toggle Switches--Two-Pole 6 Rating 6 6A, 125 Vac/dc 3A, 250 Vdc 6 6 Poles and Throw Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER DOWN Position Position Position Base Circuit See Page 169 Catalog Numbers Bushing Lever Length "B" Length "A" Solder Screw Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Lugs Terminals Wire Leads 2PST ON MOM. ON NONE NONE OFF OFF C 0.469 (11.91) 0.500 (12.70) 8370K107 0.469 (11.91) 0.500 (12.70) 8928K481 8372K107 8928K482 8371K107 -- 2PDT ON ON NONE NONE ON ON D 0.344 (8.74) 0.500 (12.70) 8373K108 0.469 (11.91) 0.500 (12.70) 8373K107 8375K108 8375K107 8374K108 8374K107 6 6 6 150 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 6.5 Toggle Switches General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated Technical Data and Specifications 6 General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated 6 Specifications Ratings See Product Selection table; Switch ratings at 125 Vac also apply to 28 Vdc Circuits 1PST, 1PDT, 2PST, 2PDT Maintained and momentary toggle action Contact Mechanism Quick-make/Quick-break wiping action 6 6 Contact Material Bronze silver-plated Terminal Types Screw terminals--brass designed to accept #5-40 x 5/32 in (Cat. No. 11-26) screws Furnished unassembled Solder lug terminals--brass silver-plated with 0.085-0.090 in (2.16-2.29 mm) dia. hole Integrated wire leads--18 gauge, 6 in long and skinned 3/4 in Special wire leads lengths beyond 6 in are available at additional charge 6 6 6 Base Material Thermoset molding material Mounting Means Threaded bushing--0.468 in (11.89 mm) dia., 32 threads/inch Keyway--0.068 x 0.035 in (1.73 x.89 mm) deep, provides anti-rotation feature Hardware supplied--1 hexagon locknut (Cat. No. 15-192) and 1 bright nickel-plated knurled facenut (Cat. No. 15-124F1) Furnished unassembled 6 Finish Bright nickel-plated toggle lever and bushing 6 Operating Temperature Range 0F to +150F (-17.8C to +65.6C) 6 6 Dimensions 6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Keyway 0.035 (0.88) Deep 0.068 (1.72) Wide Keyway 0.035 (0.88) Deep 0.068 (1.72) Wide 0.500 (12.70) Keyway 0.035 (0.88) Deep 0.068 (1.72) Wide 0.500 (12.70) 0.532 (13.51) 0.245 (6.22) Dia. 0.239 (6.07) D BC B C 0.200 (5.08) 0.562 (14.28) 0.046 (1.19) 0.562 (14.28) 0.968 (24.60) 1.250 (31.75) #5/40 x 5/32 Lg. Binding Head Screw Standard 6.000 (152.40) Long Wire Leads 6 6 A 0.046 (1.19) 0.562 (14.28) 0.968 (24.60) 0.968 (24.60) 0.090 (2.28) 0.085 (2.15) Dia. Hole 15/32 Dia.- 32 Thds. A A C 6 D 15/32 Dia.- 32 Thds. A B 6 0.245 (6.22) Dia. 0.239 (6.07) D 15/32 Dia.- 32 Thds. 15/32 Dia.- 32 Thds. 6 1.093 (27.78) 0.245 (6.22) Dia. 0.239 (6.07) D 6 0.671 (17.06) 1.000 (25.40) 0.245 (6.22) Dia. 0.239 (6.07) 6 Keyway 0.035 (0.88) Deep 0.068 (1.72) Wide 0.500 (12.70) 1.000 (25.40) 1.000 (25.40) 6 8381K107 and K108 1PST Maintained (Solder Lug) 8295K107 1PST Maintained (Screw Terminals) 8290K115 1PST Maintained (Wire Lead) 8280K115 1PST Maintained (Solder Lug) 6 B 6 C 0.687 (17.46) 6 0.090 (2.28) 0.085 (2.15) Dia. Hole 0.203 (5.15) 6 6 "A" Lever Dim. "B" Bushing Dim. "C" "D" Overall Throw Dim. Dim. "A" Lever Dim. "B" Bushing Dim. "C" "D" Overall Throw Dim. Dim. "A" Lever Dim. "B" Bushing Dim. "C" "D" Overall Throw Dim. Dim. "A" Lever Dim. "B" Bushing Dim. "C" "D" Overall Throw Dim. Dim. 0.500 (12.70) 0.344 (8.74) 1.411 (35.84) 0.500 (12.70) 0.344 (8.74) 1.406 (35.71) 0.500 (12.70) 0.344 (8.74) 1.406 (35.71) 0.500 (12.70) 0.344 (8.74) 1.531 (38.89) 29-1/2 6 0.500 (12.70) 0.469 (11.91) 1.656 (42.06) 25-1/2 6 29-1/2 29-1/2 29-1/2 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 151 6.5 6 6 Toggle Switches General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 6 Keyway 0.035 (0.88) Deep 0.068 (1.72) Wide 6 Keyway 0.035 (0.88) Deep 0.068 (1.72) Wide 0.690 (17.52) 6 1.390 (35.32) 0.240 (6.09) 6 6 B C 15/32 Dia.- 32 Thds. B 6 A B C C 0.687 (17.46) 1.093 (27.78) 0.950 (24.13) Standard 6.000 (152.40) Long Wire Leads 1.093 (27.78) 0.085 (2.15) Dia. Hole #5/40 x 5/32 Lg. Binding Head Screw 6 6 15/32 Dia.- 32 Thds. A 0.685 (17.39) 6 6 D A 6 6 0.242 (6.14) Dia. D 15/32 Dia.- 32 Thds. 6 1.156 (29.36) 0.245 (6.22) Dia. 0.239 (6.07) D 6 Keyway 0.035 (0.88) Deep 0.068 (1.72) Wide 0.671 (17.06) 0.664 (16.86) 6 8928K478 1PST Momentary (Solder Lug) 8396K107 and K108 1PST Maintained (Screw Terminals) 8391K107 and K108 1PST Maintained (Wire Lead) "A" Lever Dim. "B" Bushing Dim. "C" "D" Overall Throw Dim. Dim. "A" Lever Dim. "B" Bushing Dim. "C" "D" Overall Throw Dim. Dim. "A" Lever Dim. "B" Bushing Dim. "C" "D" Overall Throw Dim. Dim. 0.500 (12.70) 0.344 (8.74) 1.531 (38.89) 29-1/2 0.500 (12.70) 0.344 (8.74) 1.531 (38.89) 29-1/2 0.500 (12.70) 0.344 (8.74) 1.980 (50.29) 29-1/2 0.500 (12.70) 0.469 (11.91) 1.656 (42.06) 25-1/2 0.500 (12.70) 0.469 (11.91) 1.656 (42.06) 25-1/2 0.500 (12.70) 0.469 (11.91) 1.656 (42.06) 25-1/2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 152 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Toggle Switches General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated 8373 and 8375K107 and K108 2PST/2PDT Maintained (Screw Terminals) 8371 and 8374K107 and K108 1PST Maintained (Wire Lead) 8370 and 8373K107 and K108 2PST/2PDT Maintained (Solder Lug) Keyway 0.035 (0.88) Deep 0.068 (1.72) Wide Keyway 0.035 (0.88) Deep 0.068 (1.72) Wide 6 6 6 1.156 (29.37) 1.656 (42.07) 1.156 (29.36) 0.245 (6.22) Dia. 0.239 (6.07) 6 0.687 (17.46) 0.687 (17.46) 0.245 (6.22) Dia. 0.239 (6.07) 6 Keyway 0.035 (0.88) Deep 0.068 (1.72) Wide 0.687 (17.46) 1.156 (29.36) 6.5 6 These Terminals Omitted on Single Throw Switches D 6 D 15/32 Dia.- 32 Thds. 15/32 Dia.32 Thds. D A B B C 0.640 (16.27) 6 0.245 (6.22) Dia. 0.239 (6.07) A 6 C 15/32 Dia.- 32 Thds. A 1.080 (27.43) 1.000 (25.40) 0.090 (2.28) 0.085 (2.15) Dia. Hole 6 B C 0.873 (22.17) 0.830 (21.08) 0.281 6 0.640 (16.27) 6 Double Throw (7.14) Two Solder Lugs Omitted for Single Throw 1.093 (27.78) #5/40 x 5/32 Lg. Binding Head Screw Single Throw 6 0.343 (8.73) "A" Lever Dim. "B" Bushing Dim. "C" "D" Overall Throw Dim. Dim. "A" Lever Dim. "B" Bushing Dim. "C" "D" Overall Throw Dim. Dim. "A" Lever Dim. "B" Bushing Dim. "C" "D" Overall Throw Dim. Dim. 0.500 (12.70) 0.344 (8.74) 1.694 (43.03) 29-1/2 0.500 (12.70) 0.344 (8.74) 1.484 (37.69) 29-1/2 0.500 (12.70) 0.344 (8.74) 1.484 (37.69) 29-1/2 0.500 (12.70) 0.469 (11.91) 1.820 (46.23) 25-1/2 0.500 (12.70) 0.469 (11.91) 1.515 (38.48) 25-1/2 0.500 (12.70) 0.469 (11.91) 1.609 (40.87) 25-1/2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 153 6.6 6 Toggle Switches X Series Toggles Contents X Series Toggles Description Page Military Purpose Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Illuminated AC Rated Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 X Series Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 High Capacity Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Panelboard Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Product Description Eaton's new, competitively priced, AC rated X Series toggles offer a standard high rating for both single- and double-pole applications. The new X Series toggle line offers a wide range of switching circuits, functions and accessories. Ratings for single- and double-pole include 20A at 125 Vac and 10A at 277 Vac to handle more severe inductive, motor and lamp loads. In addition, X Series toggles have a high standard horsepower rating of 1-1/2 hp, 125-250 Vac for double-pole applications. Application Description The easy-to-install toggles also have an industrystandard 0.48 in diameter mounting hole. For added convenience and delivery support, select industrystandard switch circuit part numbers are available from stock. With so many features, X Series toggles can be used in a variety of applications. Commercial and industrial equipment Household appliances Industrial machinery and automation Medical equipment Military communications and surveillance Rail systems Signaling and communications Test and lab equipment Telecommunications, cable and broadcasting 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 154 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Standards and Certifications UL Recognized component for Canada File E2702 RoHS Compliant Visit www.eaton.com/vcbu for the most up-to-date list of verified part numbers. 6.6 Toggle Switches X Series Toggles Product Selection 6 Single-Pole 6 Circuit with Toggle in ... Poles and Throw UP Position CENTER Position DOWN Position Terminal Type--Catalog Number 0.250 Spade Screw 1PST ON NONE OFF XTD1A1A2 XTD1A2A2 XTD1A3A2 1PST ON NONE OFF XTD1F1A2 XTD1F2A2 XTD1F3A2 Solder Lugs 1PDT ON OFF ON XTD2B1A XTD2B2A XTD2B3A 1PDT ON NONE ON XTD2C1A XTD2C2A XTD2C3A 1PDT ON NONE ON XTD2D1A XTD2D2A XTD2D3A OFF ON XTD2E1A XTD2E2A XTD2E3A OFF ON XTD2G1A XTD2G2A XTD2G3A 1PDT ON 1PDT ON 6 6 6 6 6 6 Double-Pole Circuit with Toggle in ... Poles and Throw UP Position CENTER Position DOWN Position Terminal Type--Catalog Number 0.250 Spade Screw 6 Solder Lugs 2PST ON NONE OFF XTD3A1A2 XTD3A2A2 XTD3A3A2 2PST ON NONE OFF XTD3F1A2 XTD3F2A2 XTD3F3A2 2PDT ON OFF ON XTD4B1A XTD4B2A XTD4B3A 2PDT ON NONE ON XTD4C1A XTD4C2A XTD4C3A 2PDT ON NONE ON XTD4D1A XTD4D2A XTD4D3A 2PDT ON OFF ON XTD4E1A XTD4E2A XTD4E3A 2PDT ON OFF ON XTD4G1A XTD4G2A XTD4G3A 6 6 6 6 6 Notes Ratings: 20A at 125 Vac, 10A at 277 Vac, 3/4 hp, 125-250 Vac; recommended up to 15A at 28 Vdc. Keyway position. Indicates momentary position. Ratings: 20A at 125 Vac, 10A at 277 Vac, 1-1/2 hp, 125-250 Vac; recommended up to 15A at 28 Vdc. 6 6 6 Accessories See Accessories on Page 165. 6 Technical Data and Specifications 6 X Series Toggles Specifications Single-Pole Rating 20A, 125 Vac; 10 A, 277 Vac; 3/4 hp 125-250 Vac; Recommended up to 15A at 28Vdc Double-Pole Rating 20A, 125 Vac; 10 A, 277 Vac; 1-1/2 hp 125-250 Vac; Recommended up to 15A at 28Vdc Available Circuits 1PST, 1PDT, 2PST, 2PDT Terminal Types Brass screw, brass solder lugs, brass nickel-plated 0.250 in spade Hardware Included Zinc nickel-plated knurl nut, zinc nickel-plated hex nut Mounting Means Threaded bushing 12.0 +0.1, -0 mm; 16.5 +1, -1 mm Keyway 1.8 mm located in DOWN position Base Material Thermoset molding material Finish Bright nickel-plated toggle lever and bushing Contact Mechanism Slow-make/Slow-break butt contact Contact Resistance 50 ohm maximum Dielectric Strength AC 1500 V, 1 minute Operating Temperature 32-149F (0-65C) Insulation Resistance DC 500 V 100M ohm minute Seal Level Rating IP40 Packaging Sealed in polybag labeled with part number 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 155 6.6 6 Dimensions 6 Single-Pole X Series Toggles Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 6 Double-Pole Keyway Keyway 0.629 0.012 (16.00 0.30) 6 Mounting Hole 0.748 0.019 (19.00 0.50) 1.125 0.012 (28.60 0.30) 6 1.299 0.019 (33.00 0.50) o0.236 0.012 (o6.0 0.30) 6 6 Toggle Switches B 6 C 6 D 6 0.063 0.004 (1.60 0.10) 0.433 0.003 (11.00 0.10) B C D 3 2 1 6 5 4 15/32-32 NS-2A 6 6 6 6 6 6 A 0.649 0.039 (16.50 1.00) B 0.468 0.012 (11.90 0.30) C 0.677 0.019 (17.20 0.50) D 0.452 0.019 (11.50 0.50) A 0.649 0.039 (16.50 1.00) B 0.468 0.012 (11.90 0.30) C 0.740 0.019 (18.80 0.50) D 0.452 0.019 (11.50 0.50) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 156 o0.236 0.007 (o6.00 0.20) A A 6 o0.472 +0.003/-0.000 (o12.00 +0.10/-0.00) Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 15/32-32 NS-2A Toggle Switches Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches 6.7 Contents Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches Description Page Military Purpose Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Illuminated AC Rated Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 X Series Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 High Capacity Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Panelboard Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Product Description One-Hole Panel Mount These heavy duty toggle switches are available in either two- or three-position. The three-position switches offer a unique positive center stop feature, which assures that the lever cannot be thrown from one side through the center OFF position without stopping. This design feature is a major factor in their widespread acceptance for motor reversing and speed control applications. Flush Mount The most common application for the switch is to help prevent motor damage resulting from the high current generation by counter EMF of the armature at the time of reversing. This type of device is referred to within the industry as an antiplugging, hesitation, positive stop or positive off switch. Typical applications include bench tools, coach and truck (electric lift) and X-ray equipment. These three-position switches also offer the positive center stop feature where the lever cannot be thrown from one side through the center OFF position without stopping. The high ratings of this series allow it to be used with a broad range of heavy duty applications. Copper contacts and brass screw terminals are standard. 6 Standards and Certifications 6 UL Recognized (except where noted) CSA Certified (where noted) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 157 6.7 6 Toggle Switches Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches Product Selection Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches--One-Hole Panel Mount 6 Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER DOWN Position Position Position 6 Catalog Numbers 6 Rating (Keyway) Base Circuit Bushing See Length "A" Page 169 Inches (mm) 6 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 2PDT ON OFF ON D 0.468 (11.89) 0.687 (17.45) Bat 7992K11 7992K10 7992K12 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 3PDT ON OFF ON F 0.468 (11.89) 0.687 (17.45) Bat 7991K11 7991K10 7991K12 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac 3/4 hp, 250 Vac 4PDT ON OFF ON F 0.468 (11.89) 0.687 (17.45) Bat 7990K11 7990K10 7990K12 6 6 6 6 Poles and Throw Lever Length "B" Inches (mm) Lever Type Solder Screw Terminals Lugs 0.250 in Spade Terminals Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches--Flush Mount 6 Circuit with Toggle in ... UP CENTER DOWN Position Position Position 6 Poles and Throw (Keyway) Lever Type Termination Type Catalog Numbers NONE OFF ON ON Square Square Screw Screw 7810K1 7810K2 ON OFF ON Square Screw 7811K2 3PDT ON OFF ON Square Screw 7812K2 4PDT ON OFF ON Square Screw 7813K2 6 Rating 6 20A, 125 Vac/dc 10A, 250 Vac/dc 2PDT ON ON 6 30A, 125 Vac/dc 20A, 250 Vac/dc 2PDT 6 Notes Listed rating for 125 Vac also applies at 28 Vdc. Supplied in a four-pole base. CSA Certified. Also rated 5A, 600 Vac; 1-1/2 hp, 250 Vdc; 2 hp, 240 Vac. Also rated 2 hp, 250 Vac/dc. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 158 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Toggle Switches Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches 6.7 Technical Data and Specifications 6 Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches 6 Specifications Ratings See Product Selection tables; Switch ratings at 125 Vac also apply to 28 Vdc Circuits 2PDT, 3PDT, 4PDT; maintained action 6 6 Contact Mechanism One-Hole Panel Mount AC rated devices--Slow-make/Slow-break butt contact AC/DC rated devices--Quick-make/Quick-break wiping contacts Flush Mount Quick-make/Quick-break wiping contacts 6 6 Contact Material One-Hole Panel Mount AC rated devices: Movable--silver-plated copper with fine or coin silver contact face button Stationary--copper with fine or coin silver contact face button AC/DC rated devices: Movable--copper Stationary--bronze Flush Mount Terminal Types Mounting Means One-Hole Panel Mount 6 6 Movable--copper Stationary--copper 6 Screw terminals--brass 6 AC rated devices: Threaded bushing--0.468 in (11.89 mm) dia., 32 threads/inch Keyway--0.068 x 0.035 in (1.73 x 0.89 mm) deep, provide anti-rotation feature Hardware supplied-- 1 hexagon locknut (Catalog Number 15-192) and 1 hex facenut (Catalog Number 15-966-2) Furnished unassembled 6 6 6 AC/DC rated devices: Threaded bushing--0.750 in (19.05 mm) dia., 32 threads/inch Keyway--0.102 x 0.104 in (2.59 x 2.64 mm) x 0.041 x 0.043 in (1.04 x 1.09 mm) deep Hardware supplied-- 2 hexnuts (Catalog Number 15-1043) Furnished unassembled Flush Mount 6 6 6 Flush mounting panel tabs Dielectric Withstand 1000V rms minimum Operating Temperature Range 0F to +150F (-17.8C to +65.6C) 6 6 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 6 One-Hole Panel Mount 6 7990K10--4PDT 6 32 0.710 (18.03) 15/32-32 Thds. 6 0.690 (17.53) 1.450 (36.83) Max. 1.550 (39.37) Max. 0.070 (1.78) 1.320 (33.53) 6 0.470 (11.94) 0.300 (7.62) 6 6 0.970 (24.64) 6 6 6-32 x 0.188 (4.77) Binding Head Screw 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 159 6.7 6 6 Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Flush Mount 7810K2--2PDT 6 7811K2--2PDT 3.781 (96.04) 3.781 (96.04) 3.281 (83.34) 6 6 Toggle Switches 3.281 (83.34) 0.968 (24.59) 1.312 (33.34) 6 6 1.593 (40.46) 6 6 3.781 (96.04) 1.859 (47.22) 1.593 (40.46) 6 2.937 (74.60) 6 6 7813K2--4PDT 3.781 (96.04) 6 3.281 (83.34) 3.281 (83.34) 6 6 1.312 (33.34) 6 6 1.890 (48.01) 6 6 2.937 (74.60) 6 0.406 (10.31) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 160 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 1.812 (46.02) Toggle Switches High Capacity Switches 6.8 Contents High Capacity Switch Description Page Military Purpose Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Illuminated AC Rated Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 X Series Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 High Capacity Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Panelboard Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Product Overview In a capacitive load, however, switch contact bounce could occur at the same time as maximum current inrush, increasing the possibility of arcing and of welding the switch contact. Eaton has addressed this problem with its high inrush switch. By combining innovative design and quality materials, this switch is designed to carry the specified maximum inrush current for 10 milliseconds for a minimum of 20,000 ON/OFF cycles. The heavy duty high capacity switch, Catalog Number 7818K1 is ideal for exceptionally high-power applications, for heavy-duty motor loads and for use in welding equipment or similar industrial applications. Capacitive Inductive Standards and Certifications AH Test Criteria Typical Initial Peak Current Typical Peak Current Time 6 6 6 6 6 6 UL to Standard 508, File E147754 6 6 Current Current Capacitive loads will result in a current inrush far exceeding normal operating current. In fact, the typical capacitive load inrush current is potentially more damaging to a switch than a typical inductive load inrush. The major difference is that the capacitive load can reach maximum inrush sooner. Generally, peak inductive load current inrush occurs after any switch contact bounce has subsided. 6 Product Description 6 Time 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 161 6.8 6 Toggle Switches High Capacity Switches Product Selection High Capacity Switch 6 6 Description Catalog Number 40A, 600 Vac 5 hp, 250 Vac 7818K1 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Technical Data and Specifications High Capacity Switches Specifications Rating See Product Selection table; 40A, 600 Vac/5 hp, 250 Vac Circuits 2PST, maintained Contact Mechanism Quick-make/Quick-break snap acting butt contact Make: 200A peak inrush at 125 Vac for 10 ms for 20,000 cycles minimum Break: 20A at 125 Vac for 20,000 cycles minimum Contact Material 10% silver cadmium oxide composite Terminal Types Screw--brass (Catalog Number 11-6074-4) supplied. Furnish unassembled Mounting Means Molded flush mounting bracket, high impact polycarbonate, 3.312 in (84.12 mm), center-to-center spacing and 2.375 in (60.33 mm) spacing for self-tapping screws Lever Nylon Base Molded thermoset material Dielectric Withstand 2200V rms minimum 6 6 6 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 7818K1 6 3.812 (96.82) 3.281 (83.34) Mtg. 6 6 1.406 (35.71) Max. 0.781 (19.84) 6 1.250 (31.75) 6 2.250 (57.15) Max. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 162 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Toggle Switches Panelboard Switches 6.9 Contents Panel Board Switches Description Page Military Purpose Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Illuminated AC Rated Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 General Purpose Toggles--AC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 General Purpose Toggles--AC/DC Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 X Series Toggles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Heavy Duty Hesitation Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 High Capacity Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Panelboard Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Product Description This group of two-position power toggle switches is used by manufacturers in a wide variety of applications that require dependability and long service, such as welding equipment, commercial floor polishers, battery chargers, food processors and panelboards. 6 Standards and Certifications 6 UL Recognized CSA Certified as noted 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 163 6.9 6 6 8980K1 Panelboard Switches Poles and Throw Mounting Terminals Catalog Numbers 60A, 250 Vac/dc 2 hp, 125-250 Vac/dc 2PST N/A N/A 8980K1 30A, 250 Vac/dc 30A, 125V "T" 2 hp, 120-240 Vac 1P Double Break Frame Plate Center Bus 8980K2 1P Quad Break Frame Plate Center Bus 8980K3 30A, 250 Vac/dc 20A, 600 Vac 2 hp, 120-600 Vac 2PST Panel Type Strap Screw 8980K5 30A, 250 Vac/dc 20A, 600 Vac 2 hp, 120-600 Vac Three-phase 3PST Panel Type 8980K6 20A, 120-240 Vac 2 hp, 240 Vac 2PST (NO) Panel Type Strap Screw 8980K13 30A, 250 Vac/dc 2 hp, 120-240 Vac 1 hp, 480 Vac 2PST Panel Type Strap Screw 8980K14 30A, 250 Vac/dc 2 hp, 120-240 Vac 2PST Panel Type Strap Screw 8980K16 Rating 6 6 8980K5 6 6 6 6 6 Panelboard Switches Product Selection 6 6 Toggle Switches 8980K13 Screw 6 6 6 6 Technical Data and Specifications 6 Panelboard Switches Specifications 6 Rating 10-60A; 120-600V See Product Selection table 6 Circuits 1PST, 2PST, 3PST 2 circuit, maintained Except for Catalog Number 8980K13, momentary 6 Contact Mechanism Quick-make/Quick-break wiping action Except for Catalog Number 8980K13, Quick-make/Quick-break butt contact 6 Contact Material Movable--bronze; stationary--copper; Catalog Number 8980K13--silver Terminal Types Screw or bus 6 Termination Material Copper Mounting Means Two-hole mounting--panel type flush 6 6 6 6 Dielectric Withstand 1000 volts rms minimum Operating Temperature Range 0F to +150F (-17.8C to +65.6C) Notes For appliance use only; 32A, 480 Vac, 25A, 600 Vac. CSA Certified. Suitable for side or back wiring. Binding screws assembled. For binding screws provided unassembled, order Catalog Number 8980K30. 6 6 6 6 6 164 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Toggle Switches Accessories 6.10 Mounting Hardware 6 Product Description One-Hole Mounting Switches All bushing mounted switches are furnished with two mounting nuts. One nut is mounted behind the panel to prevent the bushing sleeve from being distorted if the front panel is overtightened 6 6 Eaton accepts no responsibility for damage to switches mounted without the backup nuts. 6 6 6 6 Product Selection Mounting Hardware for One-Hole Mounting Switches--Mounting Nuts Size Description 3/8-27 Hexagon Locknut Material Thickness Dim. "A" in Inches (mm) Nickel-plated brass 0.125 (3.18) 3/8-24 Bright nickel-plated brass 11/32-32 Nickel-plated brass 15/32-32 Hexagon Locknut Catalog Number -- 0.562 (14.27) 0.625 (15.88) 15-2526-2 -- 0.473 (12.01) 0.531 (13.49) 15-1525-2 0.075 (1.91) -- 0.625 (15.88) -- 15-192 0.078 (1.98) -- 0.546 (13.87) 0.625 (15.88) 15-2525-58 0.783 (19.89) 1.125 (25.80) -- 15-2528-2 -- 0.562 (14.27) 0.656 (16.66) 15-966-2 -- Zinc-chromate treated 0.188 (4.76) Nickel-plated brass 0.078 (1.98) Bright nickel-plated brass 0.066 (1.68) Brass nickel-plated brass -- -- 0.562 (14.27) 0.625 (15.88) -- 15-124F1 -- 15-124F5 -- 15-90 Chamfered Dress Nut Bright nickel-plated brass 0.151 (3.84) 0.312 (7.92) 0.687 (17.45) -- 15-994-2 Standard Knurl Nut with Shoulder Nickel-plated brass 0.109 (2.77) -- 0.593 (15.06) -- 15-2534-14 Dress Nut 6 6 6 6 19-966-6 -- 0.109 (2.77) 6 15-2525-59 -- Black cupric oxide-plated brass 6 15-1525-6 Zinc-chromate treated Semi-lustre nickel-plated brass Knurled Facenut Dimension Across Corners Dim. "D" in Inches (mm) Bright nickel-plated brass Nickel-plated brass Hexagon Facenut OD or Dimension Across Flats Dim. "C" in Inches (mm) -- 0.063 (1.60) 6 Inside Diameter Dim "B" in Inches (mm) Satin chrome-plated brass 0.125 (3.18) -- 0.562 (14.27) -- 15-2523-4 Black nylon 0.187 (4.75) 0.390 (9.91) 0.640 (16.26) -- 15-1048-3 Knurled Dress Nut Chrome-plated brass 0.187 (4.75) 0.312 (7.92) 0.640 (16.26) -- 15-189-5 3/4-32 Hexagon Facenut Nickel-plated steel 0.093 (2.36) -- 0.937 (23.80) 1.078 (27.38) 15-1043 #8-40 Hexagon Locknut with Facenut Nickel-plated steel 0.060 (1.52) -- 0.245 (6.22) 0.216 (5.49) 15-1047 6 6 6 6 6 6 Note Hardware items are sold for use with Eaton switches only. Minimum ordering quantity on all items is 100. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 165 6.10 6 Toggle Switches Accessories Mounting Washers and Locking Ring Inside Diameter Dim "B" in Inches (mm) OD or Dimension Across Flats Dim. "C" in Inches (mm) Dimension Across Corners Dim. "D" in Inches (mm) Catalog Number Size Description Material Thickness Dim. "A" in Inches (mm) 6 For 0.375 in (9.53 mm) Bushing Flat Washer Steel 0.027 (0.69) 0.380 (9.65) 0.720 (18.29) -- 16-4183-3 6 For 0.393 in (9.98 mm) Bushing Stainless steel 0.049 (1.24) 0.120 (3.05) 2.810 (7.14) -- 16-4183-6 6 For 15/32 Bushing 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Internal Tooth Lockwasher Zinc-trivalent chromate plated steel 0.021 (0.53) 0.471 (11.96) 0.593 (15.06) -- 16-4778 Locking Ring Zinc-plated steel 0.040 (1.02) 0.475 (12.07) 0.718 (18.24) -- 29-761-5 Note Hardware items are sold for use with Eaton switches only. Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Mounting Hardware Hexagon Locknuts or Facenuts Knurled Nut with Shoulder Knurled Facenut Chamfered Dress Nut Catalog No. 15-994-2 6 B D B 6 6 C C C C C A A A A A 6 6 Knurled Dress Nut Catalog No. 15-1048-3 Dress Nut Catalog No. 15-2523-4 Internal Tooth Lockwasher Plain Washer Locking Ring 6 6 Knurled Dress Nut Catalog No. 15-189-5 0.063 (1.60) B B 0.475 (12.07) 0.043 (1.09) B B 0.109 (2.77) 6 C C 6 A C A C A 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 166 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com A 0.031 (0.79) 0.031 (0.79) 0.050 (1.27) 0.719 (18.26) 6.10 Toggle Switches Accessories Decorator Facenuts Panel Seal Product Selection Type Color Knurled Facenuts Beveled Facenuts Catalog Number Bright Black Bright Clear 15-1048-3 15-1048-7 Bright Black Bright Clear 15-1049-3 15-1049-7 6 Prevents moisture and contaminants from entering panel enclosure Behind panel mounting Stainless-steel cup washer ensures proper seating of silicone rubber seal Seal withstands 20 psi water pressure Cat. No. 32-341 Dimensions--32-341 Dimensions Catalog Number 15-1048 Catalog Number 15-1049 1/16-Inch Lettering (located on angular surface) Silicone Rubber 0.438 (11.13) Dia. Hole 20 6 6 Cupwasher Stainless Steel 6 0.670 Dia. 0.650 Thickness of brushing seal is reduced to 0.080 when mounted to panel 6 0.625 (15.88) Dia. 0.625 (15.88) Dia. 6 6 0.105 0.120 0.467 Dia. 0.472 0.427 0.432 6 6 0.072 0.082 0.438 (11.13) Dia. Hole 6 6 0.060 (1.63) 6 6 Dust Protection Cap Nut Assembly Replacement Terminal Screws 6 The dust protection assembly (Catalog Number 8916K693) consists of neoprene washer and cap nut. It is recommended for use with tool handle switches that have a 15/32 in bushing (Catalog Number 7320-7322, 7360 and 7361. Product Selection 6 Dimensions--Catalog Number 8916K693 A A Neoprene Washer View A-A Screw Size Catalog Number #5-40 x 1/8" 11-1117 #5-40 x 5/32" 11-26 #5-40 x 3/16" Binding Head 811-7206 #5-40 x 1/4" Binding Head 811-14 #6-32 x 3/16" Binding Head 811-2 #6-32 x 1/4" Binding Head 811-161 #6-32 x 1/4" Binding Head 811-7248 #6-32 x 1/4" Pan Head, Brass 11-1893 #6-32 x 3/8" Binding Head 811-129 #8-32 x 3/16" Binding Head 11-1618 #8-32 x 1/4" 11-1369 #8-32 x 1/4" 811-408-2 #8-32 x 3/8" Binding Head 11-1766 #8-32 x 3/8" Binding Head 11-6074-4 #6-32 x 7/32" Binding Head 11-6085-2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Note Decorator facenuts for 15/32 in bushing switches, 15/32-32 thread. Hardware items are sold for use with Eaton switches only. 6 6 6 6 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 167 PG07002001E.book Page 168 Wednesday, October 14, 2009 2:13 PM 6.10 6 Toggle Switches Accessories Indicating Plates Product Selection--Indicating Plates for 15/32-Inch Bushing Mounted Switches 6 6 Keyway Location Marking Opposite Keyway Keyway Side Material Finish Catalog Number Keyway on Bottom ON OFF 0.032 in steel Plain 30-5632 Statuary bronze 30-5632-3 6 6 0.032 in brass 30-2899-3 RAD 6 RUN START HOT COLD 6 HI LOW 30-5632-16 ON STOP 30-5632-17 6 6 Keyway on Side 0.032 in steel Statuary bronze 30-5632-7 Burnished nickel 30-5632-6 Burnished nickel 30-5632-11 30-5632-15 FOR REV AUTO TEST 30-2899-6 PUSH START 30-2899-7 RUN TEST BLANK BLANK 6 6 0.032 in steel 30-5632-4 Black cupric oxide 6 6 PHO Burnished nickel ON OFF OFF ON 0.032 in steel Burnished nickel 30-2899-2 30-2899-9 0.032 in steel Plain 30-5632-5 Burnished nickel 30-5632-8 0.032 in brass Brushed 30-5632-9 0.032 in steel Burnished nickel 30-5632-13 30-2899-8 6 Keyway on Top 6 6 Keyway on Top 6 T B OFF ON 30-5632-14 SET RUN 30-2899-10 BLANK RESET O I I O 0.032 in steel Burnished nickel 30-2899-12 0.032 in steel Burnished nickel 6 Note White lettering. 6 6 6 6 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Indicating Plate ON 6 6 6 1 16 15 Dia. 32 1 32 OFF 6 6 1 11 32 5 Dia. 8 6 6 6 168 30-5632-12 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 30-5632-23 30-5632-19 PG07002001E.book Page 169 Wednesday, October 14, 2009 2:13 PM 6.11 Toggle Switches Technical Data Single Pole Double Pole Four Pole 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Terminal Identification Toggle Circuit Diagrams When specified on order, switches will have the terminals identified as shown in the illustration at right. Terminal markings will be inkstamped on the side of the switch case and unused terminal positions will not be identified. Circuit Letter All views are rear of switch with keyway or at down as applicable. Terminal numbers 2, 2 and 5 and 5 and 8 are considered inboard terminals for single-, two- and fourpole switches respectively. All others are considered outboard. 10 11 12 A 1PST Circuit Letter B 1PDT D 2PDT Single-Pole Connect Common to Terminals 2 Connect Circuit "A" to Terminals 6 Connect Circuit "B" to Terminals 4 Connect Circuit "C" to Terminals 3 ON Independent Circuit with Lever in ... UP No. ofPosition Poles Circuit A 1 PDT 1 6 6 4 5 6 7 10 8 11 9 12 1 4 2 5 3 6 G 1PST 1 6 6 L 2PST 2 5 8 11 3 6 9 12 F 4PDT 3 6 M 2PST 4 2 4 6 1 3 6 2 4 6 1 3 ON-ON-ON Special Circuit Connection Points 6 6 1 2 3 E 4PST 4 K 1PDT 5 6 2 3 1 J 1PST 1 2 3 C 2PST 6 Schematic I 2 Circuit 2 3 "Three Independent" ON-ON-ON Circuit Diagram For switch modified with "Three Independent" ON-ON-ON Special Circuit. External Jumpers are required. User to connect wiring per instructions given below. Schematic 6 N 2PDT 6 6 P 1PDT 6 2 CENTER Position (Maintained) Circuit B DOWN Position (Keyway) Circuit C H 1PDT 4 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 5 6 4 5 6 6 6 3 Q 2 Circuit 6 6 B A C C NC NO H G NC NO 6 6 Legends 6 Toggle Switch Legend Circuit Diagrams Legend Special General Purpose Toggle Circuits Circuit Number Schematic Toggle Switch Type 6 Contact terminal--will make contact with switch lever 6 Isolated terminal--does not make contact with lever Center terminal and switch lever 7530 A 6 Bulb Momentary contact 6 Denotes mechanical contact portion B 7571 A B 6 Notes Poles 11 and 12 may be eliminated for three-pole devices. Poles 10, 11 and 12 may be eliminated for three-pole devices. Dependent lamp. Independent lamp. Two circuit--indicates a special type of double-throw switch in which the two circuits being controlled may be independent of each other. For 206 Series, an additional lamp is available. Available in 1PDT or 2PDT. 6 6 6 7555 6 A 6 B 6 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 169 6.11 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 170 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com Definitions 7.1 Switch Terminology 7 Glossary of Terms 7 Term Definition One Pole (1P)--Single Pole (SP) A switch device that opens, closes or changes connections in a single conductor of an electrical circuit. Two Pole (2P)--Double Pole (DP) A switch device that opens, closes or changes connections in both conductors of the same circuit. Two Circuit (2 CIR.) A switch device that opens, closes or changes connections in a single conductor of two independent circuits. Single Throw (ST) A switch that opens, closes or completes a circuit at only one of the extreme positions of its actuator. Double Throw (DT) A switch that opens, closes or completes a circuit at both extreme positions of its actuator. Normally Open (NO) A momentary type switch in which one or more circuits are open when the switch actuator is at its normal or rest position. Normally Closed (NC) A momentary type switch in which one or more circuits are closed when the switch actuator is at its normal or rest position. Actuator A lever, pushbutton, slide, trigger or other means to which an external force is applied to operate a switch mechanism. Alternate Action (Double Action Push) Push to make, then push to break a circuit. Break-Before-Make A non-shorting switch mechanism that opens or breaks a connection in a conductor before closing or making a connection in another conductor. 7 Make-Before-Break A shorting switch mechanism that closes or makes a connection in a conductor before opening or breaking a previous connection in another conductor. 7 Life Expectancy The useful life cycle performance of a switch mechanism to open or close, make or break, an electrical circuit, based on statistical probability. 7 Operating Force The force that must be applied to the actuator to move it from the free position to the operating position. Operate Position The position of the actuator at which the circuit transfers. 7 Release Force In a momentary type switch, the value to which the force on the actuator must be reduced to allow the contacts to return to the normal or rest position. 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 Approval Marks Mark 7 Country/Region Definition 7 U.S.A. UL Recognized Listing Number: Switches--E24354 or File E1148, WOYR2 1609; Indicator--E70176, E2702 7 Canada UL Recognized Underwriters Laboratories Incorporated; Listing Numbers: E2702, E180275, E43960 and E147754 U.S.A. and Canada UL Recognized Underwriters Laboratories Incorporated; Listing Number: E2702 (but not all sections) 7 7 EN EC Canada CSA--Canadian Standards Associations (Certified) Listing Number: LR10538 or 45995, 9002 Class 6241 U.S.A. UL Listed Underwriters Laboratories Incorporated; Listing Number: E180275 Europe ENEC: European Norms Electrical Certification; Listing Number: E2702 (but not all sections) 7 7 7 7 7 7 Note See specific product for specifications for applicable approvals. 7 7 7 7 7 7 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 171 7.2 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 Index 11-_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 13-5496 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 13-8171 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 13-8173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 1500_-1507_ . . . . . . . . . . 71 1500H_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 15-1043_-15-1047_ . . . . 165 15-1048-_ . . . . . . . 165, 167 15-1049_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 15-124F_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 15-1525_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 15-189-5_ . . . . . . . . . . . 165 15-192_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 15-2523_-15-2528_ . . . . 165 15-2534-14_ . . . . . . . . . 165 15-90_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 15-966_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 15-994-2_ . . . . . . . . . . . 165 1600_-1607_ . . . . . . . . . . 75 1600H_-1620H_ . . . . . . . 78 1609_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 80 1620HX_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 16-4183_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 16-4778_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 17-19263 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 17-19264 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 17-19544-2_ . . . . . . . . . . 99 17-21159 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 17-21160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 17-21543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 17-22145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 17-22145_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 17-22146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 17-22152 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 200B_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 206K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 206P_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 208L_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 220K_-221K_ . . . . . . . . . 19 220P_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 224L_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 231K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 231P_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 234L_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 2500_-2507_ . . . . . . . . . 71 2500H_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 25-13936_ . . . . . . . . . . . 67 2600_-2607_ . . . . . . . . . 75 2600H_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 28-3154_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 28-3155_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 28-3156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 28-3157_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 28-3158_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 28-3425_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 28-3426 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 28-5148_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 28-5415_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 28-5555_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 28-5558 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 28-5637-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 28-5863_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 28-5901_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 28-5909_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 28-5940 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 29-761-5_ . . . . . . . . . . . 166 2CAP_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 2N_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 30-2899-_ . . . . . . . . . . . 168 30-5632-_ . . . . . . . . . . . 168 32-2245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 32-341 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 3CAP_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 3N_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 53-3318_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 53-3338_ . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 580K_-581K_ . . . . . . . . . 20 580P_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 586L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 6CAP_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 6N_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 7071K_-7073K_ . . . . . . 139 7300K_-7317K_ . . . . . . 136 7500K_-7510K_ . . 142, 145 7530K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 7546K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 7555K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 7560K_-7569K_ . . 143, 145 7570K_-7571K_ . . 143, 145 7576K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 7580K_-7587K_ . . . . . . 142 7590K_-7597K_ . . . . . . 143 7630K_-7632K_ . . . . . . 143 7660K_-7668K_ . . . . . . 134 7670K_-7674K_ . . . . . . 134 7690K_-7695K_ . . . . . . 144 7700K_-7705K_ . . . . . . 144 770K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 770P_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 775L_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 7803K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 7804K_-7805K_ . . . . . . 144 7810K_-7813K_ . . . . . . 158 7818K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 7835K_-7836K_ . . . . . . . 13 7842K_-7846K_ . . . . . . 127 7933K_-7935K_ . . . . . . 144 7990K_-7992K_ . . . . . . 158 8004K_-8005K_ . . . . . . . 92 8006K _-8007K_ . . . . . . . 89 8055K_-8057K_ . . . . . . . 83 8064K_-8065K_ . . . . . . . 95 810K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 810P_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 811-_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 8130K_-8138K_ . . . . . . . 82 8140K_-8148K_ . . . . . . . 82 8150K_-8155K_ . . . . . . . 82 815L_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 8166K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 8179K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 820K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 820P_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 825L_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 8261K_-8262K_ . . . . . . 133 8280K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 8283K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 8290K_-8295K_ . . . . . . 150 8370K_-8373K_ . . . . . . 127 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 172 Vehicle and Commercial Controls PG07002001E--October 2009 www.eaton.com 8370K_-8375K_ . . . . . . . 150 8381K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 8391K_-8396K_ . . . . . . . 150 8406K_-8411K_ . . . . . . . . 13 8418K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 8423K_-8424K_ . . . . . . . . 13 8434K_-8435K_ . . . . . . . . 14 8440K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 8444K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 8448K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 845L_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 849P_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 860K_-861K_ . . . . . . . . . . 22 8800K_ -8860K_ . . . . . . . 134 8857K_-8859K_ . . . . . . . 135 8928K_ . . . . . . . . . . 127, 150 8980K_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 B1600_-B1607_ . . . . . . . . 77 B2600_-B2607_ . . . . . . . . 77 DP_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 DS_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 eSM_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 eVu_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 MS25068_ . . . . . . . . . . . 134 MS25098_-MS25100_ . 133 MS25125_-MS25127_ . 135 MS25201_ . . . . . . . . . . . 134 MS35058_-MS35059_ . 134 NGR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-60 NGR Indicators . . . . . . 42, 43 NGR Rocker Buttons . . . . 39 NGR Switch Base . . . . . . 38 P1600_-P1607_ . . . . . . . . 75 P2600_-P2607_ . . . . . . . . 75 RW_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 SA37_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 SS12_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 SVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-67 WP_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 WS_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 XTD_ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Eaton's Electrical Sector is a global leader in power distribution, power quality, control & automation and monitoring products. When combined with Eaton's full-scale engineering services, these products provide customer-driven PowerChain ManagementT solutions to serve the power system needs of the data center, industrial, institutional, public sector, utility, commercial, residential, IT, mission critical, alternative energy and OEM markets worldwide. PowerChain Management solutions help enterprises achieve sustainable and competitive advantages through proactive management of the power system as a strategic, integrated asset throughout its life cycle, resulting in enhanced safety, greater reliability and energy efficiency. For more information, visit www.eaton.com/electrical. Eaton Corporation Electrical Sector 1111 Superior Ave. Cleveland, OH 44114 United States 877-ETN-CARE (877-386-2273) Eaton.com (c) 2009 Eaton Corporation All Rights Reserved Printed in USA Publication No. PG07002001E / Z8866 October 2009 PowerChain Management is a registered trademark of Eaton Corporation. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.